Pro ENGINEER 

W I L D F I R E  2.0

BASIC DESIGN

St e ve n G . Sm i t h
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire
 2.0 Basic Design

Steven G. Smith

Pro/ENGINEER is a registered trademark of Parametric Technology Corporation

Wildfire is a trademark of Parametric Technology Corporation
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

CADQUEST INCORPORATED
5535 BLAKESLEE AVE
HARRISBURG, PENNSYLVANIA 17111
USA
Phone 717.565.1965
Toll Free 888.922.5270
Fax 717.564.9599
Email: [email protected]
Internet: www.cadquest.com

Copyright  1999 – 2005 CADQUEST INCORPORATED. All rights reserved.

This publication may not be copied or reproduced by any means unless CADQUEST INCORPORATED
consents in writing in advance.
CADQUEST INCORPORATED assumes no responsibility or liability for errors or inaccuracies that may
appear in this publication.

Publication History
Edition Date Description Pro/E Build
1.0 July 2004 Initial Printing M020
2.0 April 2005 Minor Corrections M110

ISBN 1-930933-36-3
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Table of Contents

Introduction..................................................................................................................................................1
Objective of This Textbook........................................................................................................................1
Textbook Outline .......................................................................................................................................2
Textbook Conventions ..............................................................................................................................3
Exercise Files ............................................................................................................................................3
System Configuration................................................................................................................................4
Notes to Experienced CAD Users.............................................................................................................4
Section 1.......................................................................................................................................................5
Definitions ....................................................................................................................................................7
General Terms ..........................................................................................................................................7
Geometric Terms ....................................................................................................................................10
The User Interface .....................................................................................................................................13
Navigation Tabs ......................................................................................................................................14
The Model Tree.......................................................................................................................................15
The Model Tree (continued)....................................................................................................................16
The Folder Browser.................................................................................................................................17
Personal Favorites ..................................................................................................................................18
Personal Favorites (continued) ...............................................................................................................19
Connections Tab .....................................................................................................................................20
Web Browser...........................................................................................................................................21
The Message Area and Input Panel .......................................................................................................22
Message Icons ........................................................................................................................................22
Toolbars and Icons..................................................................................................................................23
Configuration Files ..................................................................................................................................25
Trail Files.................................................................................................................................................25
File Commands..........................................................................................................................................26
File Naming Conventions ........................................................................................................................26
The File Menu and Toolbar .....................................................................................................................27
Creating New Objects .............................................................................................................................28
Using Templates .....................................................................................................................................29
Opening Objects .....................................................................................................................................30
File Type Icons....................................................................................................................................30
Opening Objects (continued) ..................................................................................................................31
Open by Drag-and-Drop..........................................................................................................................32
The File List.............................................................................................................................................33
Changing the Working Directory .............................................................................................................34
Save ........................................................................................................................................................35

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page i

 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Save a Copy............................................................................................................................................36
Backup ....................................................................................................................................................37
Rename Objects .....................................................................................................................................38
Close Window .........................................................................................................................................39
Erase .......................................................................................................................................................39
Delete ......................................................................................................................................................39
Importing Data Files ................................................................................................................................40
Send To...................................................................................................................................................41
Print .........................................................................................................................................................42
Exit ..........................................................................................................................................................42
Exercise 1 – Working with Files...............................................................................................................43
The Design Process ..................................................................................................................................48
Creation of Parts .....................................................................................................................................48
Feature Order..........................................................................................................................................48
Design Intent ...........................................................................................................................................49
Feature Manipulation ..............................................................................................................................49
Part Flexibility..........................................................................................................................................49
Part Maintenance ....................................................................................................................................49
Part Manufacturing..................................................................................................................................50
Creation of Assemblies ...........................................................................................................................50
Creation of Drawings...............................................................................................................................51
Modifying Objects....................................................................................................................................51
Parent Child Relationships......................................................................................................................52
Object Reference or Dependency...........................................................................................................52
Parametric Relations...............................................................................................................................52
Object Selection and Viewing ..................................................................................................................53
Introduction..............................................................................................................................................53
Object Selection ......................................................................................................................................53
Selection Filters and Status Box .............................................................................................................53
Selection Filters and Selected Items Dialog Box ....................................................................................54
Selection Preferences .............................................................................................................................55
Selection Techniques..............................................................................................................................56
Using Query Select .................................................................................................................................57
The Model Tree.......................................................................................................................................58
The Search Tool......................................................................................................................................59
Viewing the Model...................................................................................................................................60
Spin, Pan, and Zoom ..............................................................................................................................61
Orient Mode ............................................................................................................................................62
The View Manager ..................................................................................................................................63
The Environment Dialog Box ..................................................................................................................64
Exercise 2 – Pro/ENGINEER Environment..............................................................................................65
Creating Sketch Features .........................................................................................................................67
Introduction..............................................................................................................................................67

Page ii COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Internal vs. External Sketches.................................................................................................................67

The Sketch Feature.................................................................................................................................67
Sketch Plane and Reference Plane ........................................................................................................68
Using the Sketcher..................................................................................................................................69
The Procedure ....................................................................................................................................69
Rules for Sketching.............................................................................................................................69
Specifying References ............................................................................................................................70
Sketch Icons............................................................................................................................................71
Sketch Menu ...........................................................................................................................................72
Sketching Geometry................................................................................................................................73
Trimming Geometry ................................................................................................................................74
Sketch Environment Icons ......................................................................................................................75
Edit Menu ................................................................................................................................................75
Construction Circles and Lines ...............................................................................................................76
Adding Constraints ..................................................................................................................................77
Resolving Over-Constrained Sections ....................................................................................................77
Dimensioning Sketches...........................................................................................................................78
Dimensions to Arcs/Circles .....................................................................................................................79
Modifying Dimensions .............................................................................................................................79
Using Existing Sections...........................................................................................................................80
Sketcher Text ..........................................................................................................................................81
Sketcher Text Style .................................................................................................................................82
Sketcher Configuration Options ..............................................................................................................83
Exercise 3 - Creating Sketches ................................................................................................................84
Extrude and Revolve Features.................................................................................................................92
Introduction..............................................................................................................................................92
Dashboard Tools .....................................................................................................................................93
The Extrude Tool.....................................................................................................................................94
Protrusion Vs Cut ....................................................................................................................................95
Extrude Direction.....................................................................................................................................96
Material Side ...........................................................................................................................................97
Extruded Depth Options..........................................................................................................................98
Creating Extruded Features ....................................................................................................................99
Creating Thin Features .........................................................................................................................100
The Revolve Tool ..................................................................................................................................101
Exercise 4 – Extrude and Revolve Features .........................................................................................102
Additional Exercises ...............................................................................................................................130
Review Questions....................................................................................................................................130
Section 2...................................................................................................................................................131
Edit and Regenerate................................................................................................................................133
Introduction............................................................................................................................................133
Editing Features and Dimensions .........................................................................................................134
Regenerate the Model...........................................................................................................................134

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page iii

 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

The Edit Menu .......................................................................................................................................135

Using the Model Tree............................................................................................................................135
Exercise 5 – Edit and Regenerate..........................................................................................................136
Datum Features .......................................................................................................................................139
Introduction............................................................................................................................................139
Datum Plane .........................................................................................................................................140
The Datum Plane Tool ..........................................................................................................................141
Datum Axis ............................................................................................................................................142
The Datum Axis Tool.............................................................................................................................143
Datum Coordinate System ....................................................................................................................144
The Coordinate System Tool ................................................................................................................145
Sketches and Datum Curves ................................................................................................................146
Line Style of Datum Curves ..................................................................................................................147
The Insert Menu ....................................................................................................................................148
Using the Hide Command .....................................................................................................................149
Datum Name Tags ................................................................................................................................150
Exercise 6 - Datum Features ..................................................................................................................151
Engineering Features..............................................................................................................................161
Introduction............................................................................................................................................161
Creating Holes ......................................................................................................................................162
Simple Holes .........................................................................................................................................163
Sketched Holes .....................................................................................................................................164
Standard Holes .....................................................................................................................................165
Standard Holes (continued) ..................................................................................................................166
Rounds ..................................................................................................................................................167
The Round Tool ....................................................................................................................................168
Creating Rounds Without the Round Tool ............................................................................................169
Edge Chamfer .......................................................................................................................................170
The Chamfer Tool .................................................................................................................................171
Shell ......................................................................................................................................................172
The Shell Tool .......................................................................................................................................173
Rib .........................................................................................................................................................174
The Rib Tool..........................................................................................................................................175
Exercise 7 - Engineering Features.........................................................................................................176
Blend and Sweep Features.....................................................................................................................199
Introduction............................................................................................................................................199
Parallel Blend ........................................................................................................................................200
The Blend Dialog Box ...........................................................................................................................201
Start Point and Direction Arrow ........................................................................................................202
Blend Vertex .....................................................................................................................................203
Toggle Section ..................................................................................................................................204
Sweep ...................................................................................................................................................205
The Sweep Dialog Box..........................................................................................................................207

Page iv COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Trajectory Options ............................................................................................................................207

Exercise 8 - Blend and Sweep Features................................................................................................208
Additional Exercises ...............................................................................................................................220
Review Questions....................................................................................................................................220
Section 3...................................................................................................................................................221
Mirror Features ........................................................................................................................................223
Introduction............................................................................................................................................223
Facts About Mirror Features .................................................................................................................224
Exercise 9 – Mirror Features ..................................................................................................................225
Patterns ....................................................................................................................................................228
Introduction............................................................................................................................................228
Dimensional Patterns ............................................................................................................................229
Positive Direction ..................................................................................................................................230
Positive Direction (continued) ...............................................................................................................231
The Pattern Tool ...................................................................................................................................232
Pattern Options .....................................................................................................................................233
Reference Pattern .................................................................................................................................234
Table Driven Patterns ...........................................................................................................................235
Pro/TABLE ............................................................................................................................................236
Working with Patterns ...........................................................................................................................237
Modifying Patterns ............................................................................................................................237
Redefining Patterns ..........................................................................................................................237
Deleting Patterns ..............................................................................................................................237
In the Model Tree..............................................................................................................................237
Exercise 10 – Patterns ............................................................................................................................238
Feature Manipulation ..............................................................................................................................249
Introduction............................................................................................................................................249
Parent Child Relationships....................................................................................................................250
Edit Definition ........................................................................................................................................251
Edit Definition (continued) .....................................................................................................................252
Edit References.....................................................................................................................................253
Edit References (continued)..................................................................................................................254
Roll Back the Model ..........................................................................................................................255
The Reroute Menu ............................................................................................................................255
Reorder .................................................................................................................................................256
Insert Mode ...........................................................................................................................................257
Suppress ...............................................................................................................................................258
Suppress (continued) ............................................................................................................................259
Resume .................................................................................................................................................260
Delete ....................................................................................................................................................261
Exercise 11 – Feature Manipulation ......................................................................................................262
Detail Drawings........................................................................................................................................278
Introduction............................................................................................................................................278

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page v

 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

The User Interface ................................................................................................................................279

Drawing Icons .......................................................................................................................................280
Selection Filters.....................................................................................................................................281
Selection Preferences ...........................................................................................................................282
Creating a New Drawing .......................................................................................................................283
Format vs. Template .............................................................................................................................284
Format...............................................................................................................................................284
Template ...........................................................................................................................................284
Specifying the Model and Format .........................................................................................................285
Adding General Views...........................................................................................................................286
Adding Projection Views .......................................................................................................................287
Adding Other Views ..............................................................................................................................288
Section Views........................................................................................................................................289
View Properties .....................................................................................................................................291
Moving Drawing Views..........................................................................................................................290
The Drawing View Dialog Box...............................................................................................................291
View Display..........................................................................................................................................292
Showing Model Entities.........................................................................................................................293
Show Model Entities (continued) ..........................................................................................................294
Cleanup Dimensions .............................................................................................................................295
Moving and Modifying Dimensions .......................................................................................................296
Default Tolerances ................................................................................................................................297
Dimension Properties............................................................................................................................298
Dimension Properties (continued).........................................................................................................299
Notes .....................................................................................................................................................300
Creating Notes ......................................................................................................................................301
Editing Notes .........................................................................................................................................302
Drawing Symbols ..................................................................................................................................303
Exercise 12 – Detail Drawings................................................................................................................304
Additional Exercises ...............................................................................................................................314
Review Questions....................................................................................................................................314
Section 4...................................................................................................................................................315
Part Completion.......................................................................................................................................317
Introduction............................................................................................................................................317
Exercise 13 – Part Completion...............................................................................................................318
Assembly Creation ..................................................................................................................................327
Introduction............................................................................................................................................327
Creating a New Assembly.....................................................................................................................328
Assembly Procedure .............................................................................................................................329
Surface Normal .....................................................................................................................................330
Mate ......................................................................................................................................................331
Align ......................................................................................................................................................332
Insert .....................................................................................................................................................333

Page vi COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Align Oriented / Mate Oriented .............................................................................................................334

Align Angle / Mate Angle.......................................................................................................................335
Default Constraint .................................................................................................................................336
Assembly Constraints using Datum Planes ..........................................................................................337
The Assembly Model Tree ....................................................................................................................338
Hide Components .................................................................................................................................339
Exercise 14 – Assembly Creation ..........................................................................................................340
Model Cosmetics .....................................................................................................................................360
Introduction............................................................................................................................................360
Cross-Sections ......................................................................................................................................360
Creating Cross-Sections .......................................................................................................................361
Cross-Section Visibility..........................................................................................................................362
Assembly Cross-Sections .....................................................................................................................363
Exploded Assembly Views ....................................................................................................................364
Exploded Assembly Views (continued).................................................................................................365
Model Colors .........................................................................................................................................366
Model Colors (continued) ......................................................................................................................367
Exercise 15 – Model Cosmetics .............................................................................................................368
Engineering Info and Analysis ...............................................................................................................374
The Info Menu and Toolbar...................................................................................................................374
The Information Window .......................................................................................................................375
Assembly BOM .................................................................................................................................376
The Analysis Menu and Toolbar ...........................................................................................................377
Model Analysis ......................................................................................................................................378
Measuring the Model.............................................................................................................................379
The Model Player ..................................................................................................................................380
Exercise 16 – Engineering Info and Analysis .......................................................................................381
Layers .......................................................................................................................................................389
Introduction............................................................................................................................................389
Using Layers .........................................................................................................................................390
The Layer Tree......................................................................................................................................391
The Layer Tree (continued)...................................................................................................................392
Layer Types ..........................................................................................................................................393
Layer Properties ....................................................................................................................................394
The Hidden Items Layer and the View Visibility Commands ................................................................395
Exercise 17 – Layers ...............................................................................................................................396
Additional Exercises ...............................................................................................................................400
Review Questions....................................................................................................................................400
Section 5...................................................................................................................................................401
Parameters and Relations ......................................................................................................................403
Introduction............................................................................................................................................403
Parameters............................................................................................................................................404
System Parameters ..........................................................................................................................404

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page vii

 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Reserved Parameters.......................................................................................................................404
User Parameters...............................................................................................................................404
Parameter Access ............................................................................................................................404
The Parameters Dialog Box ..................................................................................................................405
The Parameters Dialog Box (continued)...............................................................................................406
Relations ...............................................................................................................................................407
Part Relations ...................................................................................................................................407
Assembly Relations ..........................................................................................................................407
Feature Relations .............................................................................................................................408
Pattern Relations ..............................................................................................................................408
Relation Comments ..........................................................................................................................408
The Relations Dialog Box......................................................................................................................409
The Relations Dialog Box (continued) ..................................................................................................410
The Relations Dialog Box (continued) ..................................................................................................411
Functions and Operators in Relations...................................................................................................412
Logic Statements ..................................................................................................................................413
Motion....................................................................................................................................................413
Exercise 18 – Parameters and Relations ..............................................................................................414
Assembly Drawings ................................................................................................................................425
Introduction............................................................................................................................................425
Creating the Bill of Materials Report .....................................................................................................426
BOM Balloons .......................................................................................................................................427
BOM Balloon Tool .................................................................................................................................428
Exercise 19 – Assembly Drawings ........................................................................................................429
Setup and Other Tools ............................................................................................................................434
The Setup Menu....................................................................................................................................434
Changing Model Units...........................................................................................................................435
Model Density and Mass Properties .....................................................................................................436
Configuration Files ................................................................................................................................437
Configuration Files (continued) .............................................................................................................438
Configuration Files (continued) .............................................................................................................439
Using the Options Dialog Box ...............................................................................................................440
Using the Options Dialog Box ...............................................................................................................441
Finding Configurations Options.............................................................................................................442
Drawing Setup Files ..............................................................................................................................443
Mapkeys ................................................................................................................................................444
The Mapkey Recorder...........................................................................................................................445
Exercise 20 – Units and Other Tools .....................................................................................................446
Print and Export Objects ........................................................................................................................450
Printing Objects .....................................................................................................................................450
Exporting Objects ..................................................................................................................................451
Exercise 21 – Print and Export...............................................................................................................452
Customizing the Interface ......................................................................................................................454

Page viii COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Introduction............................................................................................................................................454
Commands ............................................................................................................................................455
Navigation Tabs ....................................................................................................................................456
Browser .................................................................................................................................................457
Options ..................................................................................................................................................457
Exercise 22 – Customizing the Interface ..............................................................................................458
Using Pro/HELP .......................................................................................................................................459
Exercise 23 – Using Pro/HELP ..............................................................................................................461
Additional Exercises ...............................................................................................................................463
Review Questions....................................................................................................................................463
Appendix A – Additional Exercises ....................................................................................................... A-1
Exercise 24 – Sketcher Techniques ...................................................................................................... A-3
Exercise 25 – Part creation..................................................................................................................... A-6
Exercise 26 – Model Tree Configuration ............................................................................................... A-8
Exercise 27 – Datum Curves ................................................................................................................ A-11
Exercise 28 – Creating Holes ............................................................................................................... A-13
Exercise 29 – Blend Features............................................................................................................... A-15
Exercise 30 – Sweep Features ............................................................................................................. A-17
Exercise 31 – Fill Patterns .................................................................................................................... A-19
Exercise 32 – Extruded Text................................................................................................................. A-22
Exercise 33 – Assembly Completion................................................................................................... A-25
Exercise 34 – Offset Cross Sections ................................................................................................... A-30
Exercise 35 – Customer Models .......................................................................................................... A-32
Appendix B – Project Drawings ............................................................................................................. B-1

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page ix

 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Page x COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Introduction

Objective of This Textbook

This textbook is an introduction to Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0, mechanical design software
from Parametric Technology Corporation. Topics include creating 3D computer models of
mechanical parts and assemblies, and the creation of 2D drawings for the models.
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 is challenging software and has a significant learning curve. This
textbook includes many laboratory exercises, each dedicated to a particular function of the
software. Appendices include additional exercises and the completed drawings for the project.
The project is a small electronic device as shown below.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 1

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Textbook Outline

Section 1
Introduction and Definitions
The User Interface and File Commands................................ Exercise 1
The Pro/ENGINEER Environment ....................................... Exercise 2
Creating Sketches .................................................................. Exercise 3
Extrude and Revolve Features............................................... Exercise 4
Section 2
Edit and Regenerate............................................................... Exercise 5
Datum Features .................................................................... Exercise 6
Engineering Features ............................................................ Exercise 7
Blend and Sweep Features ................................................... Exercise 8
Section 3
Mirror Features ..................................................................... Exercise 9
Patterns ................................................................................. Exercise 10
Feature Manipulation ........................................................... Exercise 11
Detail Drawings .................................................................... Exercise 12
Section 4
Part Completion ................................................................... Exercise 13
Assembly Creation ............................................................... Exercise 14
Model Cosmetics .................................................................. Exercise 15
Engineering Analysis and Information ................................. Exercise 16
Layers ................................................................................... Exercise 17
Section 5
Relations and Parameters ..................................................... Exercise 18
Assembly Drawings .............................................................. Exercise 19
Units and Other Tools .......................................................... Exercise 20
Print and Export ................................................................... Exercise 21
Customizing the Interface ..................................................... Exercise 22
Using Pro/HELP.................................................................... Exercise 23
Appendix A
Additional Exercises ............................................................. Exercises 24-35
Appendix B
Completed Project Drawings

Page 2 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Textbook Conventions
This textbook uses the following conventions:

File, Open Bold type indicates a pull-down menu option.

Options Bold italic type indicates a dialog box tab or dashboard panel name.
Apply Bold underlined type indicates a dialog box button or dashboard panel
button.
< 1.25 > < > symbols indicates text to enter using the keyboard. Be sure to press the
‘enter’ key after typing the text. Do not include the < > symbols, only enter
what is between the < > symbols.

Pick the icon shown from a toolbar.

Exercise Files
To download the files needed to perform the exercises, visit the CADQUEST web site at
www.cadquest.com/download. If you do not have access to the Internet, contact CADQUEST by
telephone toll free at 888.922.5270 and a CD will be mailed to you. Our web site includes free
tips and tricks for Pro/ENGINEER users, and is updated regularly.
Create a new folder in your computer dedicated to this Pro/ENGINEER project as shown:
C:\wildfire
Place the downloaded file into this directory. This file is a self-extracting zip file, simply double
click the file to extract the objects. Set this folder as the ‘Start In’ folder for Pro/ENGINEER
using common Windows techniques.
The units of all new parts and assemblies created in the exercises of this textbook are to be mm.
The ‘template part’ and ‘template assembly’ (included in the self-extracting zip file) are to be
used as templates during the creation of all parts and assemblies in the exercises of this textbook.
Set the configuration options as shown on the next page to use these template objects
automatically.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 3

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

System Configuration
Pro/ENGINEER is highly configurable. Pick Tools, Options to add and apply configuration
options. The following configuration options should be applied before starting the exercises in
this textbook:
comp_assemble_start constrain_in_window
def_layer layer_datum dtm_pln
def_layer layer_axis dtm_axis
default_dec_places 2
display_full_object_path yes
file_open_default_folder working_directory
orientation isometric
pro_colormap_path C:\wildfire\misc
save_drawing_picture_file embed
sketcher_dec_places 2
sketcher_save_preview_image yes
spin_with_part_entities yes
spin_with_silhouettes yes
template_designasm C:\wildfire\misc\template_mm.asm
template_solidpart C:\wildfire\misc\template_mm.prt
tol_display yes
tol_mode nominal
visible_message_lines 4
web_browser_homepage about:blank

Notes to Experienced CAD Users

Pro/ENGINEER is completely different from most other CAD systems. If you are an experienced
2D CAD user, the following information may be useful.
• Pro/ENGINEER is a three dimensional solid modeling system, not a drafting system.
• Pro/ENGINEER is not based on X, Y and Z like most other CAD systems.
• Every time you save an object, the system creates a new version of the object.
• Layers and colors are not related.
• The three dimensional solid model is the ‘engineering document of record’, not the
drawing.

Page 4 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Section 1

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 5

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Page 6 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Definitions
Pro/ENGINEER is a parametric feature based three-dimensional modeling system that is very
different from most other CAD/CAM systems. Understanding some essential concepts and
terminology is important before beginning to use Pro/ENGINEER.

General Terms

Parametric Parameters are modified to affect changes in the model. A dimension is a

simple example of a parameter. When a dimension is modified, the
geometry is updated.

Feature Based A feature is a set of instructions that tells the system how to create
geometry. A block with a hole in it is two features, one is the block and the
other is the hole. Features are created in a logical order to convey design
intent to the system.

Modeling Creating computer images coupled with geometric information defining a

part or assembly. This is not a drafting design system; it is a modeling
design system.

Model A three-dimensional computer ‘boundary representation’ or definition of a

product. The model is the engineering document of record and contains
all design information including dimensions, tolerances, materials, notes,
symbols, and manufacturing data.

Part Model A single model containing the definition of a single manufactured part.

Assembly Model A collection of part models defining the orientation of each part with
respect to the others. When any part is changed, the assembly updates
automatically.

Drawing A two dimensional object referencing any part or assembly model.

Drawings are by-products of the models they represent. When the model is
changed, the drawing updates automatically.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 7

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Sketch The heart of all Pro/ENGINEER design tools. Part models are a collection
of ‘sketched’ features. These sketches define geometric design intent as
the model is created.

Object An object is any Pro/ENGINEER part, assembly, drawing, or other entity.

Session A session begins when the user starts Pro/ENGINEER. The session ends
when the user exits Pro/ENGINEER.

Open Open an object into Pro/ENGINEER. The object is loaded into the RAM
of the computer and is displayed on the monitor. The object is considered
‘in session’.

Working Directory The directory where Pro/ENGINEER is started. The working directory can
be changed after a session has started by using File, Set Working
Directory.
By default, Pro/ENGINEER saves objects in the original directory from
where they were opened, not in the current working directory. This is
called ‘store back’. Be aware of this when using the File, Set Working
Directory command.
New objects are always stored in the current working directory.

Object In Session When an object is opened, it is ‘in session’, and the object remains in
session until it is erased from memory or Pro/ENGINEER is exited. When
the File, Close Window command is issued, the object is not erased from
memory, and the object remains ‘in session’, in the RAM of the computer.
It is not necessary to save an object before the File, Close Window
command is used.
Opening an object into session also opens any referenced objects into
session. Many objects may be in session at one time. Each object that is in
session uses some computer RAM.

Active Object The object currently displayed in the ‘active’ window. When using
multiple windows, the active object is labeled (Active) in the header at the
top of the Pro/ENGINEER window. Use the Window, Activate command
to set the current window to be the active window.

Page 8 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Reference Object A reference or dependency from one Pro/ENGINEER object to another.

For example, drawings reference parts or assemblies; assemblies reference
their components, which may be parts or other assemblies. Other types of
object-to-object references and dependencies occur in general use of
Pro/ENGINEER. It is helpful to draw a simple picture to show object
references. The arrow points towards the reference object as shown below.

The drawing references

(depends on) the part.
The part does not
reference the drawing.

REFERENCE

4455-004.prt
4455-004.drw

Object Reference

Versions Pro/ENGINEER appends and increments a version number to filenames

each time an object is saved. For example, in the filename 123.prt.3,
the ‘.3’ is the version number. The next time the object is saved, a new file
is created and the name 123.prt.4 is used. Pro/ENGINEER always opens
the latest version of an object. The File, Delete, Old Versions command
can be used to remove all the ‘old’ versions of a particular filename.

Each time the part is saved,

another version is created

Parent / Child Terms used to describe geometric references created between features in a
part model. The ‘child’ references the ‘parent’. The ‘child’ depends on the
‘parent’ for its definition. These references are commonly called ‘parent-
child relationships’. For example, a hole depends on the solid base it is
placed on: without the solid base, the hole cannot exist.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 9

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Geometric Terms

Axis The center of a cylinder or other revolved feature. Used on drawings as

centerlines. Also can be used to indicate symmetry on drawings.

A_1
Axis

Blend A feature that is created by blending from one shape to another.

Coordinate System An xyz reference system. Although Pro/ENGINEER is not coordinate
system based, right-hand coordinate systems can be created. Using your
right hand, the thumb is the positive X axis, the index finger is the positive
Y axis, and the middle finger is the positive Z axis as shown below.

Z X

Datum Plane The foundation of all models. These are non-solid, orthogonal, planar
surfaces, and are used to create and orient the model’s solid geometry. The
‘template’ part and assembly models include three default datum planes as
shown below.

TOP
FRONT

RIGHT

Page 10 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Edge The intersection of two part surfaces.

Edge
Surfaces

Extrude A feature that is created by projecting a sketch normal to a plane as shown

below.

Extrude

Normal Perpendicular to and away from an entity.

Pattern A series of similar features. A toy block is an example of a part with a
pattern of circular features.

Plane A flat object. Usually a ‘datum plane’, but also can be a solid part face or
surface.
Point A ‘datum point’ can be created on surfaces, at vertices, etc.
Revolve A feature that is created by revolving a sketch about a centerline.

Revolve

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 11

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Round A fillet radius on a solid part. The radius can be constant or variable.

Rounds

Solid 3D geometry that has mass.

Surface A ‘face’ of a solid model or a ‘datum plane’.
Surface Normal An imaginary vector that points perpendicular to and away from an object.
This object can be a datum plane or a solid part surface.

Surface Surface Normal

Sweep A feature created by a sketch that follows a ‘path’ or trajectory.

Vertex The intersection of three edges as shown below.

Vertex

Page 12 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

The User Interface

The Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 user interface is shown below. It contains a dashboard and
message area at the bottom, the main graphics area in the middle, a pull-down menubar at the
top, many toolbars, dialog boxes, menus, plus a model tree and navigation area. A one-line help
is displayed at the bottom of the message area and changes as the mouse is moved around the
interface. Multiple graphic windows can be used, and different objects may be displayed in each.
The Window, Activate command toggles the active window and the appropriate module of
Pro/ENGINEER. The active window is indicated (Active) in the window header as shown below.
The main graphics window, called the ‘base window’, is always present.

Pull-down menus
Toolbars

Model tree and

Navigation Area

Dashboard and Message area and input panel

Selection Filters
Message Area
One-line help is here

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 13

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Navigation Tabs
The Navigation Tabs control the model tree area of the interface. There are four tabs, the Model
Tree, the Folder Browser to browse the computer’s hard drive and local network, the Personal
Favorites listing, and the Connections browser with access to various Internet sites.

Model Tree

Folder Browser

Favorites

Connections

Page 14 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

The Model Tree

The Model Tree includes two tabs at the top, Show and Settings. The Show tab controls the
display of the tree and gives access to the Layer Tree. The Settings tab controls what is listed in
the tree including tree columns. In the Model Tree, features are listed with their internal sections
as shown below. Use the new config.pro option listed below to allow the model tree to be
displayed as a separate window.
enable_tree_indep yes

Pick here to activate

the Model Tree

Toggle on/off the Layer Tree here

Expand all branches of the model tree here

Collapse all branches of the model tree here

Toggle on/off the model highlighting here

Access the Tree Filters dialog box here

Configure the columns of the model tree here

Open/Save model tree settings files here

Apply the model tree settings from another

open window to the current window

Save the current model tree listing to a .txt file

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 15
Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

The Model Tree (continued)

In the Model Tree, the right mouse button pop-up menu has many commands as shown below.

Pick here to
activate the
Model Tree

Pick any feature

Press and hold the right mouse
button to access the pop-up menu
Group the selected feature(s)
Rename the selected feature here
Edit command is used to modify
Edit Definition is here
Edit References is here
Pattern the selected feature here
Hide the selected feature here
Edit the feature’s parameters here

To rename a feature in the model tree, simply double pick the feature and enter the new name.

When applying the model tree settings from another open window, the Change Config Settings
dialog box is used as shown below.

Select the open model from

which you want to copy the
Model Tree settings

Page 16 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

The Folder Browser

The Folder Browser is used to browse folders on your computer’s hard drive and local network.
Use the right mouse button pop-up menu as shown below to create new folders, rename and
delete folders, and set the working directory in Pro/ENGINEER.

Open the Folder Browser here

Shared Spaces are used for Design

Conferencing

Pick a folder name

Press and hold the right mouse button

for the pop-up menu as shown

Set the current working directory here

Create new Delete the Set the browser to the

folder selected folder current working directory

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 17

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Personal Favorites
The Personal Favorites tab is used to gain quick access to your favorite places: folders, projects,
web sites, online parts catalogs, etc. Your favorites are saved by the system in the following file:

C:\Documents and Settings\username\Application Data\PTC\ProENGINEER\Wildfire\.wf\.settings\config.fav

Some example favorites are shown below.

Open the Personal Favorites here

Pick a favorite

Press and hold the right mouse button

for the pop-up menu as shown

List the contents of the selected folder

in the Browser window

Pick here to add the Pick here to organize

current folder to the your personal favorites
list of favorites (see the next page)
(see the next page)

Page 18 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Personal Favorites (continued)

To add a folder or web site to your list of favorites, select the folder in the Folder Browser, then
pick the Personal Favorites tab. Next, pick the Add icon at the top of the Personal
Favorites.
Enter a name and select a ‘folder’ to keep the favorite in. The Add Favorite dialog box is shown
below.

Enter a name for the new

favorite here

Select a ‘folder’ to keep

the favorite in

Create a new ‘folder’ here

To organize your favorite folders, pick the Organize icon at the top of the Personal
Favorites. The Organize Favorites dialog box is shown below.

Create a folder to organize your

favorites here
Rename favorites here
Delete favorites here
Get detailed information about
the selected ‘folder’ here

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 19

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Connections Tab
Use the Connections tab for quick access to online parts catalogs located at PTC.com, the
Technical Support area of PTC.com, and the PTC/User web sites. An example online parts
catalog is shown below.

Open the Connections Tab here

Pick from available parts catalogs here

to be displayed in the Browser window

Go directly to ptcuser.org

Go directly to PTC.com

Go directly to the technical

support area of PTC.com

Page 20 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Web Browser
The user interface includes a web browser that is easily opened and closed with one mouse click.
The browser includes several ‘connection tabs’ that give quick access to online parts catalogs
located at PTC.com, the Technical Support area of PTC.com, and the PTC/User web sites.
The browser’s default ‘home page’ is set using the configuration option shown below.
web_browser_homepage http://www.cadquest.com
To avoid connecting to the Internet, set the configuration option shown below.
web_browser_homepage about:blank
The browser includes ‘connection tabs’
for quick access to online parts catalogs

Pick here to
open/close the
browser window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 21

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

The Message Area and Input Panel

The message area is located at the bottom of the graphics window and includes an input panel.
The message area and input panel can be placed at the top of the graphics window (see
‘Customizing the Interface’). The input panel is used for user input from the keyboard.

Message type icons Enter the input here Accept Reject

For Yes/No prompts, pick Yes or No here

Message Icons
The message area displays a variety of messages, prompts, warnings, and errors as shown below.

Informational message
Prompt to select an entity
Warning message
Error message

Tip

Click the middle mouse button to accept the default action of the input
panel. When saving an object, click the middle mouse button to accept the
default object to be saved.

Page 22 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Toolbars and Icons

Toolbars are a collection of icons. These icons provide shortcuts to many common commands.
Toolbars can be placed at the top, left, and right sides of the graphics window. Many of the icons
are shown here and on the next page and are grouped by category.

File Model Display Analysis

Wireframe Measure
New
Hidden Line Model Properties
Open
No Hidden Curve Analysis
Set Working Directory
Shade Surface Curvature
Save
Tangent Solid User-Defined Analysis
Save a Copy
Tangent Centerline Motion Analysis
Rename
Tangent Phantom Excel Analysis
Erase Current
No Display Tangent Sensitivity Study
Erase Not Displayed
Tangent Dimmed Optimization Study
Print

Email Display Tolerances

Info
Display Model Notes
Window Feature Info
Full Model Notes
Open System Window Feature List
Colors on/off
Activate Window Switch Dimensions
Textures on/off
Close Window Bill Of Materials
Tools
Parent / Child
Help Environment Component Info

Start Pro/HELP Run Trail File Cable Info

Context Sensitive Help Create Mapkey

Distributed CAD

Model Sectioning

Clear Browser History

Simplified Rep Preferences

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 23

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Datum Display Sketcher View

Planes Undo Default View
Axes Redo Repaint
Points Sketch View Orient Mode On/Off
Coordinate Systems Dimensions on/off Spin Center Display

Constraints on/off Zoom In

Datum Creation Grid on/off Zoom Out
Sketch Vertices on/off Refit
Plane Orientation
Axis Feature Creation Retrieve Saved Views
Curve Hole Save Current View
Points Shell Previous View
Coordinate System Rib Layers
Graph Draft View Manager
Evaluate Round Exploded View
Analysis Chamfer Analysis Display
Offset Planes Mesh Surface
Extrude
Reference Hide Object
Revolve
Unhide Object
Variable Section Sweep
Edit Features Blended Surface
Mirror Edit Commands
Move Curves Undo
Merge Projected Curve Redo
Trim Wrapped Curve Copy
Extend Curve by Intersect Paste
Thicken Paste Special
Solidify Regenerate

Search

Page 24 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Configuration Files
Pro/ENGINEER configuration files are usually called ‘config.pro’, and are similar to other start-
up files that many CAD/CAM systems use. These files control the configuration of
Pro/ENGINEER defaults, environment settings, and contain user macros called ‘mapkeys’. There
can be as many as three config.pro files loaded automatically at the beginning of a session.
• The first config.pro is the system level one. This is at the ‘loadpoint’, where
Pro/ENGINEER is installed on the computer.
• The second config.pro is in the users $HOME directory (Unix systems only). This
should contain the users personal preferences for environment and other defaults in
Pro/ENGINEER. This will override any conflicts with the system level config.pro.
• A third config.pro may be in the directory where Pro/ENGINEER is started. For
Windows NT users, this contains users personal preferences for environment and
other defaults in Pro/ENGINEER. This will override any conflicts with the system
level file. This config file could also contain project specific options including search
paths. While performing the exercises in this textbook, your personal config.pro
should be located as shown below:
C:\wildfire\config.pro

Pick Tools, Options to edit and apply configuration files. Sometimes it is necessary to exit and
restart Pro/ENGINEER after editing configuration files to apply the changed or added options.

Trail Files
A trail file is a record of all the menu picks, selections, and keyboard entries for a single session
of Pro/ENGINEER. A trail file is created for every session of Pro/ENGINEER. Trail files can be
kept and replayed to recover lost data in case of a crash or other failure.
To replay a trail file, copy and rename the trail file into the current working directory. These files
must be renamed to ‘something.txt’. Edit the trail file, carefully examining the file and removing
anything unnecessary including the cause of crash or failure, and any File, Exit command. After
saving the trail file, replay it using Tools, Play Trail/Training File, then select the name of the
trail file.
Use the configuration option as shown below to determine the folder in which the system creates
trail files.
trail_dir C:\wildfire\trail

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 25

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

File Commands

File Naming Conventions

The following are common file types and naming conventions used with Pro/ENGINEER:

egg.sec Sketcher (section) file

123.prt Part file
123.drw Drawing file
a_size.frm Drawing format file
my_logo.sym Drawing symbol file
456.asm Assembly file
hex.gph User defined feature file
color.map Color definitions for objects
config.pro Configuration options file
config.win Interface customization file
tree.cfg Model tree configuration file
trail.txt Trail file

File Naming Tips

• Do not use spaces, slashes (/), or periods (.) anywhere in the filename.
• Do not include revision letters in the filename.
• Do not include sheet numbers in drawing filenames.
• Pro/ENGINEER adds the extension automatically (.prt) (.asm) (.drw).

Page 26 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

The File Menu and Toolbar

The File pull-down menu and the associated toolbar icons are shown below. Some of the File
commands are similar to common Windows commands.

New and Open are similar to common

Windows commands
Use Set Working Directory to change
the folder where you are working
Close the object here
Save an object to disk
Make a copy of the current object using
a different name or type
Make a copy of the current object in
another folder
Change the name of the current object
Erase and Delete are here
Print the current object
Email the current object and all
File Icons
reference objects
New Four recent objects are listed at the
Open
bottom of the File menu
End the session
Close Window

Set Working Directory

Save

Save a Copy

Rename

Erase Current

Erase Not Displayed

Print

Email

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 27

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Creating New Objects

New objects are created using File, New or pick the icon shown above. Pick the Type and Sub-
Type of the object being created, and enter a unique name in the New dialog box. Part and
assembly models are created by coping a ‘template’ or ‘start part’, using the ‘Use default
template’ checkbox option as shown below.

Pick the Type of object here

Pick the Sub-Type here

Enter a unique name here

Use the default template here

Pick OK to create the object

Note

New objects are created in the RAM of the computer and must be Saved
for further use. Pick File, Save to save new objects.

Page 28 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Using Templates
When creating new parts and assembly models, you ‘copy from’ a ‘template’ object. This
template includes the following items:
• Three datum planes called the ‘default’ datum planes. In a part model, these are
named RIGHT, TOP, and FRONT as shown below. In an assembly model, these are
named ASM_RIGHT, ASM_TOP, and ASM_FRONT.
• A default coordinate system.
• ‘Saved views’ such as Front, Back, Top, Bottom, Right, and Left.
• A critical layer setup.
• Units (inch or millimeter).
• Parameters for ‘Description’, ‘Modeled By’, and ‘PTC_Common_Name’.

Using a template for each new object ensures that all parts and assemblies have the same units,
layer setup, and parameters required to complete the project successfully.
The units of the template part and assembly included with the exercise files for this textbook are
millimeters. See page 435 for details about changing the units of a model.

TOP
FRONT

RIGHT

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 29

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Opening Objects
To open existing objects into session, select File, Open, or pick the icon shown above. In the
File Open dialog box, double pick the object to be opened as shown below.

Pick here for objects

‘In Session’
Pick here to go ‘UP’
one level in the folder
structure
Double-click the
object to be opened Double-click folder
names to open objects
in that folder
Pick Preview to
preview the objects

Select the type of object to be opened here

File Type Icons

Drawing
The file type icons used in the File Open dialog box are shown. Part
Assembly
Sketch
Format
Layout

Tip

Clicking the middle mouse button will select the default button in most
Pro/ENGINEER dialog boxes. The default button is the one with the
darker border, usually OK or Open.

Page 30 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Opening Objects (continued)

Use the Folder Browser or the Personal Favorites to preview and open objects. ProductView
Express, a PTC product included with Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 is used to preview the
objects in the Browser window as shown below. Set the config.pro options as shown below.
save_drawing_picture_file embed
save_model_display shading_lod
sketcher_save_preview_image yes

Pick the folder first ProductView

Express is used
Pick the object second to ‘preview’
the objects here
Pick here to open the
object in Pro/ENGINEER

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 31

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Open by Drag-and-Drop
Pro/ENGINEER objects can be opened by dragging the object from any browser window and
dropping it in the graphics window. You can use the Folder Browser, the Personal Favorites,
or any system browser.
Zip files (.zip) can be dragged into the graphics window, and the system presents the contents of
the zip file in the Open dialog box.

Open the Folder Browser or

Personal Favorites here

Drag and drop the

component from the
File List into the
graphics window

Page 32 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

The File List

The file list can be filtered to list a single object type, such as drawings. After selecting the filter,
pick Apply to update the Browser window. File versions and Family Table instances can be
toggled on/off using the appropriate check boxes. An example is shown below.

Filter the File List here

Show all versions of the
objects here
Show Family Table instances
here

After selecting
the filter, pick
Apply here

Pick the object name for Preview

Double click the object name to
open it in Pro/ENGINEER

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 33

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Changing the Working Directory

To change the current working directory, pick File, Set Working Directory or pick the icon
shown above. The working directory can also be changed using the Folder Browser, see page
17.
The Select Working Directory dialog box is shown below.

Go ‘UP’ one level in Pick here to create

the folder structure a new folder

Select the new directory here

then pick OK here

When creating a new

folder, enter the name
here then pick OK

Page 34 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Save
To save the current object, pick File, Save or pick the Save icon on the main toolbar, then press
‘enter’ or pick OK. Each time an object is saved, a new version is created on the disk in the
folder where the object was opened from, even if the current working directory has changed.
Three facts about the File, Save command are:
• The system creates a new version of the object, with an incremental version number,
each time the object is saved.
• The system saves the object in the folder from which it was opened, not necessarily
the current working directory.
• You must pick the checkmark, press ‘enter’, or click the middle mouse button to
complete the command.

Example:
• First open the part called 123.prt from project_folder_1 using File, Open.
• Next change the working directory to project_folder_2 using File, Set Working
Directory.
• Finally, Save the part, and the system creates a new version of the part in
project_folder_1. The system does not copy the object to project_folder_2.

C:\wildfire

project_folder_1 project_folder_2
123.prt.1 456.prt.1
123.prt.2 456.prt.2
123.prt.3 456.prt.3

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 35

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Save a Copy
To save an object using another name, pick File, Save a Copy or pick the icon shown above. The
new object is created in the specified directory, not necessarily the directory where the original
object was opened from. This command can also be used to ‘export’ the current object to IGES,
STL, DXF, and many other file types. After using the Save a Copy command, the active object is
the original object, not the new object.
The Save a Copy dialog box is shown below.

The name of the

current object is here

Enter the new name

for the copy here

Select the type of object here

Pick OK

Note

After using the Save a Copy command, the active object is the original
object, not the new object.

Page 36 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Backup
The File, Backup command is used to make a copy of the current object, using the same name,
but in a different folder or directory. If the current object has reference objects, they are also
‘backed up’ to the specified folder or directory.
After using the Backup command, the current object is the ‘backed up’ object, and the original
object is erased from session. This is the opposite behavior of the File, Save a Copy command.
Use the Backup dialog box to specify the folder or directory for the new object. The Backup
dialog box is shown below.

The current object

is listed here

Enter the backup

directory name here
‘.’ means the current
directory

Note

After using the Backup command, the active object is the backed up
object, not the original object.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 37

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Rename Objects
To rename objects, pick File, Rename. If multiple versions of the object exist, all versions are
renamed. If other objects reference the current object, all reference objects must be ‘in session’
during the rename, and the reference objects must be Saved after the rename is completed.
The Rename dialog box is shown below.

The current object

name is here

Enter the new

object name here

Pick OK

Note

If other objects reference the current object, all reference objects must be
‘in session’ during the rename, and the reference objects must be Saved
after the rename is completed.

Page 38 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Close Window
The File, Close Window command is used to clear the current object from the graphics window.
This command does not remove the object form the RAM (memory) of the computer. When the
object is re-opened, the system retrieves the object from the RAM. The Close Window icon is
shown above.

Erase
To erase the current object from session, pick File, Erase, Current. This command removes the
object from the window and from the RAM (memory) of the computer. The Erase Current icon
is shown above on the left.
To erase all the objects that are ‘in session’ except the objects being displayed, pick Erase, Not
Displayed. If no objects are being displayed, this command removes all objects from the RAM.
The Erase Not Displayed icon is shown above on the right.

Delete
To delete the old versions of the current object, pick File, Delete, Old Versions. This command
removes all the old versions of the current object from the disk or server, leaving only the latest
version. Don’t use this command until you are absolutely sure that you don’t want to go back to
an old version. Because there is only a limited ‘Undo’ command, the old versions of the object
are your chance to go back to an earlier stage of the design.
To delete all versions of the current object, pick File, Delete, All Versions. This command
deletes all versions of the selected object from the disk or server.
Be careful using the File, Delete command; it is permanent, and does not send the object to the
‘Recycle Bin’.

Notes

Close Window removes the object from the graphics window only.
Erase removes the object from the window and from the RAM (memory)
of the computer.
Delete removes the object from the window, and from the RAM, and from
the disk.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 39

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Importing Data Files

To import data files into Pro/ENGINEER, pick File, Open. Select the type of data file to be
imported, then select the type of new Pro/ENGINEER object to be created as shown below.

Pick the type

of data file here

Set the new

object type here

Enter the name of

the new object here

Page 40 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Send To
Pro/ENGINEER objects can be emailed to anyone directly from Pro/ENGINEER. On a PC,
Microsoft Outlook is used to as a mail client to complete the mail request. Pick File, Send To,
Mail Recipient or pick the icon shown above. The Send As Attachment dialog box is used to
prepare the object before it is sent to the email client. All required reference objects are
automatically included in the attachment. The Send As Attachment dialog box is shown below.

Pick here to email a WinZip file

containing the current object

Pick OK to send the object

to the email client

Use this pull down menu

to email the object in
different file formats

The system sends

the object to your
email client as an
attachment

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 41

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Print
To print or plot the current object, use File, Print, or pick the icon shown above. The Print
dialog box is shown below.

Pick here to see the list of available

devices

In Windows, the MS Print Manager

can be used

Set the number of copies here

Pick OK to issue the print command

Exit
To exit Pro/ENGINEER, use File, Exit. The Exit Confirmation dialog box is shown below.

Page 42 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

EXERCISE 1 – WORKING WITH FILES

Goal

The goal of this exercise is to become familiar with the File menu and its
commands.

Task 1: Start Pro/ENGINEER.

• Double pick the appropriate icon on the desktop to start Pro/ENGINEER.

Note

Starting Pro/ENGINEER from the icon or start menu starts

Pro/ENGINEER in the C:\wildfire folder. This means the ‘current working
directory’ is the C:\wildfire folder.

Task 2: Change the current working directory.

• Pick File, Set Working Directory

• Pick basic from the list then pick OK in the dialog box or click the middle mouse
button
• Read the message in the message area

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 43

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 3: Open a part model.

• Pick File, Open or pick the Open icon

• Pick lab1-1 from the list then pick Open in the dialog box or click the middle mouse
button

Task 4: Save the part.

• Pick File, Save or pick the Save icon

• Pick OK in the dialog box or click the middle mouse button
• Read the message in the message area

Task 5: Change the current working directory again.

• Pick File, Set Working Directory

• Pick labs from the list then pick OK in the dialog box
• Read the message in the message area

Task 6: Save the part again.

• Pick File, Save or pick the Save icon

• Pick OK in the dialog box or click the middle mouse button
• Read the message in the message area

Note

The part is saved in the ‘Basic’ folder, not the ‘Labs’ folder.

Page 44 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Task 7: Erase the part from the RAM.

• Pick File, Erase, Current

• Pick Yes in the Erase Confirm dialog box
• Read the message in the message area

Task 8: Verify the part was not saved in the current working directory.

• Pick File, Open, verify that the part called ‘lab1-1.prt’ is not on the list
• Pick Cancel

Task 9: Open another part, save, and erase from session.

• Open the part called lab1-2 using File, Open or pick the icon
• Pick File, Save, then pick OK
• Pick File, Erase, Current and pick Yes in the dialog box

Task 10: Verify the part was saved and a new version was created.

• Pick File, Open

• In the File Open dialog box, pick the icon then pick All Versions
• The dialog box lists all versions of the object, notice the part called ‘lab1-2.prt’ has
two versions on the list
• Pick Cancel

Task 11: Open another part model.

• Open the part called lab1-3 using File, Open or pick the icon

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 45

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 12: Change the current working directory again.

• Pick File, Set Working Directory

• Pick backup_dir from the list then pick OK in the dialog box or click the middle
mouse button
• Read the message in the message area

Task 13: Backup the part to the backup folder.

• Pick File, Backup, OK

• Read the message in the message area
• The active object is the backed up part, not the original object
• Close the object by picking File, Close Window

Task 14: Rename an object.

• Open the part called lab1-4 using File, Open or pick the icon
• Pick File, Rename
• Enter < lab1-5 > for the new name (do not include the < > marks)
• Pick OK, OK
• Close the object by picking File, Close Window

Task 15: Use the ‘Save a Copy’ command.

• Open the part called lab1-6 using File, Open or pick the icon
• Use File, Save a Copy, enter < lab1-7 > for the new name then pick OK
• Read the message in the message area
• The active object is the old part, not the new copy

Page 46 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

• Pick File, Close Window

• Open the new part called lab1-7 using File, Open or pick the icon
• Pick File, Close Window

Task 16: Create a new part.

• Pick File, New or pick the icon

• Enter < lab1-8 > for the name
• Pick OK
• Read the message in the message area
• Notice the part was copied from a ‘template’ part
• Pick File, Save or pick the icon
• Pick OK or click the middle mouse button
• Read the message in the message area

Task 17: Exit the session.

• Pick File, Exit and pick Yes in the dialog box to exit from Pro/ENGINEER

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 47

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

The Design Process

Creation of Parts
Parts are created using a series of features. The first three features in all parts should be datum
planes. These planes are non-solid geometry and are used as a base to create other features. The
first solid feature defines the rough shape of the part. Subsequent features remove or add material
to the part.
The process of creating parts in Pro/ENGINEER is similar to that of producing parts in a
manufacturing environment. It is important to understand that Pro/ENGINEER is not a ‘Boolean’
modeler, it is a parametric ‘feature based’ modeler. All features created in Pro/ENGINEER are
stored with the model, in the order they were created. Features can be modified, completely
redefined, or deleted from the model. Relationships are created between features based on design
intent. The feature history can be replayed to investigate how the model was created.

Feature Order
Features are created in a chronological order. Each new feature references some older existing
feature or features. This reference is called a parent/child relationship. The features can be re-
ordered to change the sequence of feature creation in the model. This is a very powerful function
of Pro/ENGINEER.

The features of the model are

listed in the Model Tree in
the order that they are created

Page 48 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Design Intent
As features are added to a model, your intention for the feature is defined by how you sketch,
constrain, and dimension the feature. If you want feature ‘A’ to move along with feature ‘B’, then
tell the system that by dimensioning A to B. This is the ‘design intent’ of the feature. Often the
design intent will change for various reasons. Pro/ENGINEER allows major changes to the
feature’s design intent. The figure below shows two different dimensioning schemes for the same
part, each having a different ‘design intent’ for the hole labeled ‘A’.

B A B A

Feature Manipulation
Several commands in Pro/ENGINEER allowing manipulation of existing designs are very
powerful. Every feature in any given part can be completely changed and still be the same
feature, without deleting it and starting over. These commands are Edit Definition, Edit
References, Reorder, and Insert.

Part Flexibility
It is good practice to build flexible models. Flexible can mean several things, including using
stable parents for features, using parent/child relationships carefully, and testing or ‘flexing’ each
feature as they are created. Flex each feature to the known limits of the design intent.
Understanding how a feature will react to change is key to building good models.

Part Maintenance
When creating a model, remember that you may not be the person maintaining the model forever.
The model could be transferred to another part of your company or to an outside vendor or
customer. Building models that can be maintained by others is important.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 49

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Part Manufacturing
When creating a model, remember the reason for the model is to manufacture a product. Building
models suited for manufacturing is important. CNC manufacturing uses the features created in
the model to produce tool paths and other machine codes.

Creation of Assemblies
Assemblies are created by defining placement constraints between parts and/or other assemblies.
Usually three placement constraints are required to assemble a part to an assembly. When a
component (part) is modified, the changes are automatically passed to any assembly where the
part is used. Both ‘top down’ and ‘bottom up’ design techniques are possible with
Pro/ENGINEER. ‘Bottom up’ means the component parts are created first, and then put together
in an assembly. ‘Top down’ means that the assembly is created first, then the geometry for each
component is created in the assembly model. The project in this textbook uses the ‘bottom up’
design method.
An assembly model references the parts that make up the assembly as shown below.

The Assembly Model References the Part Models

Page 50 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Creation of Drawings
Pro/ENGINEER is not a CAD drafting system, however detailed drawings can be created. The
drawing references the model. Drawings can be created for part or assembly models. Drawing
files are separate objects that are saved just like the model. When you save a drawing, the model
is also saved.
Views of the model are placed on the drawing. Any view type can be added to the drawing.
Multiple sheets are contained within one drawing file. When the model is modified, the changes
are reflected on the drawing automatically. Drawings can be created long before the model is
complete. Early creation of drawings has several advantages, which include:
• Detailing ‘as you model’ is faster and easier.
• Promotes simultaneous effort with others who may be creating or maintaining the
drawing for you.

The drawing references

(depends on) the part.
The part does not
reference the drawing.

REFERENCE

4455-004.prt
4455-004.drw

The Drawing References the Part Model

Modifying Objects
Modifications to designs can be made in part models, assembly models, or on drawings. For
example, to modify the size and location of a hole, the dimensions are picked, new values are
entered, and then the part is regenerated. The part, assembly, and drawing are all updated
automatically. This is often called ‘geometric associativity’. The associativity is ‘two way’,
meaning changes can be made in any object; drawing, assembly or part.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 51

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Parent Child Relationships

‘Parent Child’ relationships are formed every time a feature is created. A feature is ‘dependent’
on its parents to exist. For example, a hole is placed on a surface of the part and becomes a
‘child’ of the feature that owns that surface. A round (fillet radius) is a child of the edge it is
placed on. All features except the three default datum planes have parents. Not all features have
children.

The block is the

parent of the hole

The hole is the

child of the block

The hole cannot exist

without the block
Parent Child Relationship

Object Reference or Dependency

When a drawing references a part or assembly model, then the model is the ‘reference object’ or
‘dependent object’ of the drawing. An assembly references its components in the same manner.
There are many other forms of object references in Pro/ENGINEER. Plastic housings can use
‘core’ reference parts to create cutouts. Sheetmetal parts often have reference parts to create
‘form’ features.
It is very important to keep track of object references for each project. Creation of a project
reference document is recommended. This does not have to be a fancy document, it can be a
hand sketch. The goal of this document is to show what objects reference other objects within the
project.

Parametric Relations
Parametric relations are small user-defined programs, which capture design rules within a part or
between components of an assembly. A simple relation can be written so the length of a block is
twice the width. Assembly relations can be written to relate the size of mating parts. Relations
can be used with parameters to build families of parts and assemblies.

Page 52 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Object Selection and Viewing

Introduction
Pro/ENGINEER object selection and viewing techniques are complex. When possible, select the
entities upon which you want to take action before you enter a command or tool.

Object Selection
Pro/ENGINEER selection techniques use Microsoft Windows style object collection, using the
CTRL and/or the SHIFT key in conjunction with the left mouse button. For example, to pick
multiple entities for a particular command, pick the first entity, then press the CTRL key and
select the additional entities.

Selection Filters and Status Box

Selection Filters allow you to specify which types of entities can be selected. The Status Box
lists how many entities have been selected. The Selection Filters menu and the Status Box are
located in the lower right corner of the graphics window as shown below.

This is the Status Box

These are the Selection Filters

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 53

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Selection Filters and Selected Items Dialog Box

Double-click the Status Box to access the Selected Items dialog box. This dialog box lists all
the selected entities and can be used to remove selections from the list. The Selected Items
dialog box is shown below.

Smart – Features first, Geometry second

Features – Features & Components
Geometry – Vertices, Edges, Surfaces
Datums – Datum planes, axes, csys, etc.
Quilts – Surface features
Annotation – Annotation features

Double pick the

Status Box here

The selections are listed

in the Selected Items
dialog box

Pick a selection then pick

Remove to remove it from
the selection list

Page 54 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Selection Preferences
Pick Edit, Select, Preferences to access the Selection Preferences dialog box. Use this dialog
box to disable the pre-selection highlighting of geometry in the graphics window. In detail
drawings, use this dialog box to set the style of selecting multiple objects. When the pre-selection
highlighting is turned off, the Smart selection filter is not available. The use of Query Select
changes depending upon the pre-selection highlighting setting (see page 57 for details about
using Query Select). The Selection Preferences dialog box is shown below. Use the config.pro
option listed below to control the default pre-selection highlighting.
prehighlight yes, no

Pick Edit, Select, Preferences

Disable the pre-selection

highlighting here

In detail drawings, pick here

to set the style of selecting
multiple objects

Pick here to include items

that cross the border of the
selection boundary
(in drawings only)

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 55

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Selection Techniques

Single Entity
To select a single entity, set the selection preferences to the appropriate filter, then use the left
mouse button to pick the entity. To unselect the entity, pick in the blank space inside the graphics
window.
Multiple Entities
To select more than one entity, pick the first entity with the left mouse button, then press and
hold the CTRL key and select the additional entities. To remove an entity from the selection list,
double pick the Status Box and use the Selected Items dialog box to remove the appropriate
entity (see the figure on page 54).
Edge Selection
Set the selection filter to Geometry. To select edges using ‘One-By-One’, pick the first edge with
the left mouse button, then press and hold the CTRL key and select each additional edge.
Tangent Chain
Set the selection filter to Geometry. To select a ‘Tangent Chain’ of edges, pick the first entity
with the left mouse button, then press and hold the SHIFT key and select one additional edge
belonging to the chain you want to select. The system responds by displaying a small arrow with
the word ‘Chain’ pointing to the edges.
Surface Chain
Set the selection filter to Geometry. To select a ‘Surface Chain’ of edges, pick the first entity
with the left mouse button, then press and hold the SHIFT key and select the surface that defines
the chain you want to select. The system responds by displaying a small arrow with the word
‘Chain’ pointing to the edges.
Surface Selection
Set the selection filter to Geometry. To select multiple surfaces, pick the first surface with the left
mouse button, then press and hold the CTRL key and select each additional surface.
Loop Surfaces
Set the selection filter to Geometry. To select surfaces using ‘Loop Surface’, pick the surface that
defines the loop first, then press and hold the SHIFT key and select the appropriate edge.
Seed and Bound Surfaces
Set the selection filter to Geometry. To select surfaces using ‘Seed and Bound’, pick the seed
surface with the left mouse button, then press and hold the SHIFT key and select each boundary
surface. When you release the mouse buttons, the system collects the surfaces between the seed
surface and the boundary surfaces.

Page 56 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Using Query Select

With Pre-Selection Highlighting Enabled

When pre-selection highlighting is turned on, use this procedure. To activate Query Select after
an entity is pre-highlighted, press and hold the right mouse button and select Pick From List.
The system displays the Pick From List dialog box as shown below.

With pre-selection highlighting turned

on, press and hold the right mouse
button and select Pick From List here

After making the selection, the system

displays this dialog box

Pick OK or click the middle mouse

button to accept the entity

Without Pre-Selection Highlighting

When pre-selection highlighting is disabled, use this procedure. To activate Query Select, press
and hold the right mouse button and select Query in the popup menu as shown below. After
making a selection, the system displays the Pick From List dialog box, also shown below.
With pre-selection highlighting turned
off, press and hold the right mouse
button and select Query here

After making the selection, the system

displays this dialog box

Pick OK or click the middle mouse

button to accept the entity

Click the right mouse button to page

through the list or use these controls

Use the right mouse button popup menu

to go to the Previous selection

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 57

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

The Model Tree

The Model Tree is located on the left side of the interface and is used to select features in a part
or components in an assembly. The model tree has a right mouse button popup menu that
contains shortcuts to common commands. The model tree for a typical part is shown below.

Each feature type The features of the model are

has a different icon listed in the Model Tree in
in the Model Tree the order that they are created

The right mouse button popup

menu contains shortcuts
to common commands

The Model Tree includes icons for the type and status of features as shown below.

Hidden
Regenerated
Suppressed
Pattern
Group
Insert Marker

Page 58 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

The Search Tool

Pick Edit, Find (or use the icon shown above) to access the Search Tool. This dialog box has
three tabs used to search the model for all types of items. The Search Tool is shown below.

Set the initial search

criteria here

Add rules to further

define the search here

After defining the search

criteria, pick Find Now

The results of the

search are listed here

Pick here to select

the result

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 59

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Viewing the Model

The View menu and toolbar contain commands for viewing the model as shown below. The
graphics window often needs to be refreshed using the View, Repaint command or icon. Saved
views can be accessed using the pull-down menu as shown below or by using the View
Manager. The Spin Center is a three-colored item on the model that looks like a coordinate
system. This is the center of the model and is the point about which the model spins.

Toggle on/off the display Toggle on/off the display

of the spin center here of datum features here

Repaint the
window here Set the display of
the model - see below
Access the
saved views here

Wireframe Hidden Line No Hidden Shaded

The View menu contains the

same commands as the toolbar
shown above and more

Page 60 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Spin, Pan, and Zoom

The methods for viewing objects, such as zoom in/out, pan, and spin, are shown below.

Zoom In/Out
If you have a mouse with a scroll wheel (shown below), scroll the wheel to zoom in or out.
If you do not have a wheel mouse, press and hold the CTRL key and the middle mouse button to
zoom in or out.

Pan
In models, press and hold the SHIFT key and the middle mouse button to pan. In drawings, press
and hold the middle mouse button to pan.

Spin
Simply press and hold the middle mouse button, and move the mouse. If the spin center is being
displayed, the model spins about the spin center. If the spin center is not being displayed, the
model spins about the point where the mouse is located when you start the spin.

Wheel Mouse

SPIN: Hold the Wheel Down and Move

PAN: SHIFT + Hold the Wheel Down and Move
ZOOM: Scroll the Wheel

3 Button Mouse

SPIN: Hold the Middle Button Down and Move

PAN: SHIFT + Hold the Middle Button Down and Move
ZOOM: CTRL + Hold the Middle Button Down and Move

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 61

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Orient Mode
Orient Mode allows three different types of viewing behavior: Dynamic, Anchored, Delayed,
and Velocity. Pick View, Orientation, Orient Mode or pick the icon shown above to activate
Orient Mode.

Dynamic This is the default method of viewing Pro/ENGINEER objects. As you

move the mouse, the object dynamically moves in the graphics window.
Anchored This method is similar to Dynamic as described above.
Delayed This method delays the movement of the object until the mouse button is
released.
Velocity This method is like using a spaceball or joystick, but without the ball or
stick. The further you move the mouse away form the spin center, the
faster the object spins.

Activate Orient Mode here

When Orient Mode is

activated, these options
change the viewing behavior
Dynamic
Anchored
When orient mode is
Delayed activated, press and hold
the right mouse button
Velocity
for the shortcut menu
Orient Mode Icons

Page 62 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

The View Manager

The View Manager contains all viewing options for part models including Saved Views, Cross-
Sections, Simplified Reps, and Presentation Reps. The View Manager is activated using the
View menu or the icon shown above.

In part models, the View Manager has four tabs and is shown below.

Simp Rep Create and manage simplified reps in the model.

Xsec Create and manage cross-sections in the model.
Orient Create and manage saved views in the model.
All Create and manage presentation reps in the model.

The Orient tab of the View

Manager lists the saved
views in the model

Pick New to make

the current orientation
a Saved View

Press and hold the right

mouse button for the
shortcut menu

Pick here to add a

description to the
saved view

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 63

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

The Environment Dialog Box

The Environment dialog box controls many display and miscellaneous options. To access this
dialog box, pick Tools, Environment. Many of these options can be controlled using the
configuration file called ‘config.pro’.

Pick Tools,
Environment

Display options

Default actions
are listed here

Model display
options are here

Page 64 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

EXERCISE 2 – PRO/ENGINEER ENVIRONMENT

Goal

The goal of this exercise is to become familiar with the Pro/ENGINEER

environment.

Task 1: Work with a part model.

• Pick File, Set Working Directory

• Double pick basic from the list then double pick labs from the list
• Pick OK in the dialog box
• Read the message in the message area
• Open the part called lab2-1 using File, Open or pick the icon
• Turn off the display of the datum planes by picking the icon

• Turn off the display of the datum axes by picking the icon
• Press and hold the middle mouse button and spin the model
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Pick the Saved Views icon and then pick Top in the small pull-down menu as
shown below

Pick Top in this menu

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 65

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick the Saved Views icon and then pick Default Orientation in the pull-down menu
• Use page 61 as a guide: practice with zoom, pan, and spin using the mouse buttons
• Set the display of the model to Wireframe
• Set the display of the model to Hidden Line
• Set the display of the model to No Hidden
• Set the display of the model to Shaded
• Turn on the display of the datum planes by picking the appropriate icon
• Turn on the display of the datum axes by picking the appropriate icon
• Turn off the display of the spin center
• Press and hold the middle mouse button and spin the model
• Notice the model spins about the point where the cursor is when you press the middle
mouse button
• Turn on the display of the spin center
• Press and hold the middle mouse button and spin the model
• Notice the model spins about the spin center
• Pick Tools, Environment
• Pick a few items in the Environment dialog box then pick OK
• Set the selection preferences to Geometry in the lower right corner of the graphics
window
• Pick any part surface, notice it highlights
• Pick in the graphics window but not anywhere on the model
• Pick the Repaint icon
• Pick File, Save then pick OK
• Read the message in the message area
• Pick File, Close Window
• Pick File, Exit
• Pick Yes

Page 66 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Creating Sketch Features

Introduction
A sketch is a two dimensional, planar section that is used to define the shape of a feature.

Internal vs. External Sketches

When creating solid features, two different methods can be used to sketch the shape, Internal
and External sketches. When using the Internal sketch, the sketch is defined during the creation
of the solid feature. When using the External sketch, the sketch is defined before you create the
solid feature using the ‘Sketch Feature’.
Both methods are valid methods of creating solids and both will be used in the laboratory
exercises in this textbook.

The Sketch Feature

To create a Sketch feature:
1. Select the appropriate sketching plane first. You may have to change the selection filter to
select the appropriate plane.
2. Pick the Sketch icon.
3. Click the middle mouse button to accept the default orientation or define your own using
the Sketch dialog box as shown on the next page.
4. Sketch the required shape using the sketcher.
5. Pick the checkmark to complete the sketch feature.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 67

 Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

The Sketch Plane and Reference Plane

Sketches are planar objects. The plane you sketch on is called the sketch plane, which can be a
‘datum plane’ or other ‘planar’ surface. The rotational orientation of the sketch plane relative to
the screen is determined by the positive surface normal of the reference plane. The reference
plane must be perpendicular to the sketch plane, and is usually selected for you by the system.

TOP
FRONT

The default datum planes are

used for the Sketch plane
and the Reference plane of
the first sketch feature

RIGHT

The Sketch dialog box controls the Sketch plane, the viewing direction, the Reference plane,
and the orientation of the Reference plane relative to the monitor. The Sketch dialog box is
shown below.

Pick here to select

the sketching plane

Pick here to use

the previous sketching plane

Flip the direction of viewing the

sketch plane here

Pick here to select the reference plane

Set the orientation of

the reference plane here

Pick here to sketch the geometry

Page 68 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Using the Sketcher

As sketch entities are drawn, the system makes ‘assumptions’ such as horizontal, vertical,
tangency, and so on. These assumptions, called constraints, can be accepted, deleted, locked, or
disabled. The system adds ‘weak’ dimensions as you sketch entities. You can use these
dimensions or create additional dimensions to define the design intent. After a dimension is
modified, it becomes a ‘strong’ dimension.

The Procedure
The basic steps to creating successful sketches are:
1. Specify the correct references for the sketch. The references are existing geometry to
which the sketch is aligned and dimensioned.

2. Draw the geometry of the sketch. Trim/extend/corner the geometry as necessary. Add
arc fillets as necessary to the geometry as necessary.

3. Add constraints as necessary to capture the design intent.

4. Add dimensions as necessary to capture the design intent.

5. Modify the dimension values.

6. Pick the Done icon.

Rules for Sketching

Rules for creating successful sketches are:
• Keep sketches simple
• Try to use no more than 20 sketch entities.
• If the sketch must be complex, modify values and add (or strengthen)
dimensions and constraints as you go.
• Sketch entities large relative to the screen, zoom in before sketching.
• Exaggerate sizes and angles while sketching.
• Drive the geometry to the correct size by modifying the dimensions.
• Only one ‘open loop’ per sketch is allowed.
• Multiple ‘closed loops’ are allowed in a sketch.
• Be sure to strengthen weak dimensions and constraints.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 69

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Specifying References
Each sketch requires references to place the geometry relative to the part. The system usually pre-
selects two references for you. These references may be sufficient, but often additional references
must be specified to satisfy the design intent. To specify additional references for the sketch, pick
Sketch, References, then pick the desired geometry, and then Close the References dialog box,
shown below.

To specify references
for the sketch, pick
Sketch, References

Each reference for the

sketch is listed in the
References dialog box

Note

Specifying references establishes a parent/child relationship with the

reference.

Page 70 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Sketch Icons
The Sketcher Tools toolbar is shown below. These fly-out icons are used to draw the geometry
of the sketch. The default icon in each fly-out changes to be the last icon used in that set.
Entities are created by selecting the appropriate icon from the toolbar then using the left mouse
button in the graphics window. The mouse will ‘snap’ to the specified references and other
sketcher entities as geometry is created. To end the entity creation, click the middle mouse
button. To enter ‘Select Mode’ after creating entities, click the middle mouse button.
To move an existing sketch entity such as a line or a dimension, enter Select Mode then press
and hold the left mouse button while you move the entity.
To delete an entity pick the Select Mode icon, pick the entity, press the Delete key on the
keyboard or pick Edit, Delete, or press and hold the right mouse button and select Delete.

Select Mode
Line | Line 2 Tangent | Centerline
Rectangle
Circle | Conc. Circle | Circle 3pt | Circle 3 Tan | Ellipse
Tan & 3pt Arc | Conc. Arc | Center/Ends | Arc 3 Tan | Conic

Arc Fillet | Elliptical Fillet

Spline
Sketch Point | Sketch Coordinate System
Use Edge | Offset Edge
Dimension
Modify
Constraints
Text
Dynamic Trim | Trim Corner | Divide & Intersect
Mirror | Scale & Rotate | Copy
Done
Quit

The Sketcher Tools Toolbar

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 71

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Sketch Menu
The Sketch menu contains many sketcher commands. Many of these items are also included in
the Sketcher Tools toolbar (see the previous page) and on the right mouse button popup menu.
The Sketch menu and the right mouse button popup menu are shown below.

Specify references for the sketch

Create geometry

Use edge and offset edge

Import external data such as IGES

Create dimensions

Add constraints

Set the sketch preferences here

Done and Quit

When using the sketcher,

press and hold the right
mouse button to use the
popup shortcut menu

Page 72 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Sketching Geometry
Sketch entities are created by selecting the appropriate icon from the sketch toolbar then using
the left mouse button in the graphics window. The mouse will ‘snap’ to the specified references
and other sketcher entities as geometry is created.
Use this page as a guide to creating common sketch entities.

Line Click left to start the line, click left again to complete the line, click
middle to stop the line chain.
Centerline Click left to locate the centerline, move the mouse to rotate the
centerline to the desired orientation, click left again to complete the
centerline.
Rectangle Click left to start the rectangle, click left again to complete the
rectangle.
Circle Click left to start the circle, move the mouse to the desired radius
then click left again to complete the circle.
Tangent Arc Locate the mouse at the end of the entity you want the arc to be
tangent to, then click the left mouse button. The system draws a
circle around the selected vertex. Move the mouse out of the circle in
a direction that is tangent to the existing entity. Click left to complete
the arc.
3 Point Arc Click left to start the arc. The system draws a circle around the
selected point. Move the mouse out of the circle in a direction that is
not tangent to any adjacent entity.
Center & Ends Arc Click left to indicate the center of the arc. Move the mouse to the
desired radius then click left to start the arc. Swing the arc then click
left to complete the arc.
Arc Fillet Left click on the first entity, left click on the second entity. Where
you pick the entities determines the size of the arc.

Note

After sketching the entities, click the middle mouse button to return to
Select Mode.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 73

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Trimming Geometry
There are three different trim commands in the sketcher as described below.

Dynamic Trim The system automatically divides all sketch entities, you pick the
portions of the entities to be deleted. Click left on the entity to be
deleted or press and hold the left mouse button and drag a spline
through the entities to be deleted. An example is shown below.

1. Start with 2. Pick the icon 3. Drag a spline 4. The result

this geometry across the entities
to be deleted

Corner Trim/Extend Pick the portion of the entities you want to keep, the other portions
are deleted. This command can trim and extend entities. An
example is shown below.

Pick
1. Start with 2. Pick the icon 3. Pick the portion 4. The result
this geometry of the entities you
want to keep

Divide/Intersect Click left to divide the entity at the point of selection.

Page 74 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Sketch Environment Icons

When in the sketcher, the Sketch Environment Toolbar is used to control the display various
sketch entities and includes Undo and Redo as shown below.

Return to the sketch view Redo

Dimensions on/off Undo
Constraints on/off Vertices on/off
Grid on/off

Edit Menu
The Edit menu contains commands used to manipulate sketch entities and is shown below.
Select the appropriate sketch entity first, then pick the command.

Undo and Redo are here

Copy, Mirror, Scale,

and Rotate are here

Trim entities

Create construction entities

Lock dimensions and

constraints

Replace sketcher entities

Modify dimension values

Delete selected entities

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 75

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Construction Circles and Lines

To create a construction circle, first create a regular circle. With the circle selected (highlighted
in red), press and hold the right mouse button and select Construction in the popup menu as
shown below. Any selected circle can be converted to a construction circle using the right mouse
popup menu or by selecting Edit, Toggle Construction.
Lines can also be converted to construction lines using the same steps. Select the line first, then
press and hold the right mouse button and select Construction.

Press and hold the right

mouse button to access the
popup menu, then pick
Construction

Construction circles can be used

to help construct a hexagon or
other complex shapes

Page 76 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Adding Constraints
The Constraints dialog box is used to explicitly add constraints to the sketch. Pick the
constraints icon, shown above.
Pick the appropriate icon in the Constraints dialog box, read the prompt in the message area,
and then pick the appropriate entities in the sketch. The Constraints dialog box and the list of
constraint symbols are shown below.

Resolving Over-Constrained Sketches

When adding dimensions or constraints, if the sketch becomes over-constrained, the system
displays the Resolve Sketch dialog box. This dialog box can be used to delete the selected
dimension, convert it to a reference dimension, or undo the last operation. The Resolve Sketch
dialog box is shown below

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 77

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Dimensioning Sketches
The system creates weak dimensions, shown in gray, as geometry is created. Usually the
dimensioning scheme does not match the desired design intent, so additional dimensions must be
created. To create dimensions, pick the dimension icon shown above.
With the LEFT mouse button, select the entity or entities to be dimensioned, and then with the
MIDDLE button place the dimension. Where you place the dimension determines where the
dimension ‘shows’ on any future or existing drawing.

To dimension: Mouse button actions:

Length of a line LEFT on the line and MIDDLE to place.
Distance between two sketch entities LEFT on each entity and MIDDLE to place. Where you
place the dimension sometimes determines the type of
dimension (horizontal or vertical, interior or exterior
angle).
Radius of an arc or circle LEFT on the entity and MIDDLE to place.
Radius of a revolved sketch LEFT on the entity, LEFT on the centerline, and
MIDDLE to place.
Diameter of an arc or circle LEFT twice on the entity and MIDDLE to place.
Diameter of a revolved sketch LEFT on the entity, LEFT on the centerline, LEFT on
the entity again, and MIDDLE to place.
Angle between two entities LEFT on each entity and MIDDLE to place. Where you
pick the entities and place the dimension determines how
the angle is measured (acute, obtuse).
Arc angle LEFT on one end point, LEFT on the other end point,
LEFT on the arc, and MIDDLE to place.

Notes

Pick lines, not endpoints of lines, when adding most dimensions.

Dimension and constrain all sketches to eliminate weak dimensions and
constraints. This will improve the stability of the feature being created.
Dimensioning to model entities establishes a parent child relationship with
the feature being dimensioned.
Use the Modify icon to ‘flex’ the sketch to see the result of modifying
dimension values.

Page 78 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Dimensions to Arcs/Circles
When creating dimensions to arcs, circles, and/or vertices, the system displays the small dialog
box shown below to determine the orientation of the dimension. Pick the appropriate option then
pick Accept.

Modifying Dimensions
To modify a single dimension, double pick it, then enter the new value. To modify multiple
dimensions, drag a box around the dimensions needing modification, then pick the modify icon
(shown above) or select Edit, Modify.
The system displays the Modify Dimensions dialog box, shown below. Enter the correct values
for each dimension then pick the checkmark or press enter. Use the thumb-wheels to dynamically
update or ‘flex’ the sketch entities. Additional dimensions may be selected after the dialog box is
displayed.

Each selected dimension

is listed here Slide the thumb
wheels to
Remove this checkmark dynamically
to stop the sketch from update the sketch
regenerating after each
value is entered Set the sensitivity
of the thumb
Pick Lock Scale to scale wheels here
all selected dimensions
equally

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 79

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Using Existing Sketches

To import a sketch file (.sec) into the current sketch, pick Sketch, Data from File. Select the
name of the sketch then pick Open.
When placing a sketch into the current sketch, use the Scale Rotate dialog box to enter the scale
factor and rotation angle before placing the sketch. The system picks default drag, rotate, and
scale handles for the sketch being placed. The Scale Rotate dialog box is shown below.

Pick here to rotate the sketch

Pick here to move the sketch

Pick here to scale the sketch

Page 80 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Sketcher Text
To create text in the sketcher, pick Sketch, Text or pick the text icon shown above. Draw a line
to represent the height of the text. The orientation of this line determines the orientation of the
text. A vertical line drawn from the bottom up creates horizontal text. A horizontal line creates
vertical text.
After drawing the line, the Text dialog box is used to enter the text string, set the desired font,
and other options as shown below. The text can be entered manually, or you can use a parameter
to drive the value of the text string.
Text can be placed on a curve. The curve can be an existing edge, sketch, or datum curve, or can
be a circle, arc or spline in the sketcher. Use Edit, Toggle Construction to convert the curve
entity to a construction entity if necessary.

Enter the text string here

Set the font here

Vary the text width here

Vary the slant angle here

Pick here to place the

text on an existing edge,
datum curve, sketched
arc, circle, or spline

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 81

 Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Sketcher Text Style

Many font styles are available when creating geometry with text. In the Text dialog box, select
the style of font. Some of the font styles are shown below. Many can be used to create datum
curves and solid features.

font3d CG Triumvirate Italic

isofont Garamond Antiqua
leroy Garamond Halbfett
norm fonts Garamond Kursiv
Blueprint MT Garamond Kursiv Halbfett
Blueprint MT Bold Garth Graphic
CG Century Schbk Garth Graphic Black
CG Century Schbk Bold Garth Graphic Bold Italic
CG Century Schbk Bold Italic Garth Graphic Italic
CG Omega Grotesque MT
CG Omega Bold Grotesque MT Bold
CG Omega Bold Italic Microstyle Extended
CG Times Microstyle Extended Bold
CG Times Bold Neographik MT
CG Times Bold Italic Sackers English Script
CG Times Italic Shannon
CG Triumvirate Shannon Bold
CG Triumvirate Bold Shannon Extra Bold
CG Triumvirate Bold Italic Shannon Oblique
CG Triumvirate Condensed Bold Spartan Four MT
Spartan One Two MT
Spartan One Two MT Bold
Symbol
Triumvirate Inserat

Page 82 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Sketcher Configuration Options

The following configuration file (config.pro) options control the sketcher’s behavior.
grid_snap no, yes
section_color default, drawing_color
sketcher_animated_modify yes, no
sketcher_blended_background no, yes
sketcher_collinear_skamps yes, no
sketcher_dec_places value
sketcher_disp_constraints yes, no
sketcher_disp_dimensions yes, no
sketcher_disp_grid no, yes
sketcher_disp_vertices yes, no
sketcher_disp_weak_dimensions yes, no
sketcher_equal_length_skamps yes, no
sketcher_equal_radii_skamps yes, no
sketcher_grid_angle value
sketcher_intent_manager yes, no
sketcher_lineup_hor_skamps yes, no
sketcher_lineup_ver_skamps yes, no
sketcher_lock_modified_dims no, yes
sketcher_midpoint_skamps yes, no
sketcher_num_digits value
sketcher_parallel_skamps yes, no
sketcher_perpendicular_skamps yes, no
sketcher_point_on_entity_skamps yes, no
sketcher_rel_accuracy value
sketcher_same_point_skamps yes, no
sketcher_save_preview_image no, yes
sketcher_set_grid_method automatic, manual
sketcher_set_grid_x_spacing value
sketcher_set_grid_y_spacing value
sketcher_starts_in_2d yes, no
sketcher_symmetric_skamps yes, no
sketcher_tangent_skamps yes, no
sketcher_undo_stack_limit value

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 83

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 3 - CREATING SKETCH FEATURES

Goal

The goal of this exercise is to become familiar with using the Sketcher.

Task 1: Create a sketch feature in a new part.

• Pick File, New or pick the New icon

• Enter < 4455-001 > for the name of the part (don’t include the < > symbols)
• Pick OK in the New dialog box
• Select the RIGHT datum plane for the sketch plane
• Pick the Sketch icon then click the middle mouse button
• Close the References dialog box
• Pick the Rectangle icon then sketch as shown below (align two sides of the rectangle
to the brown reference lines as shown, and don’t worry about the dimensions yet)

FRONT

V V
4.00

H TOP

2.00

Page 84 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

• Pick the Select Mode icon

• Double pick each dimension and modify the values as shown in the previous figure
• Pick the Done icon to complete the sketch feature
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• The result is shown below

• Pick File, Save then pick OK

• Read the message in the message area
• Pick File, Close Window

Task 2: Create another sketch feature in a new part.

• Pick File, New or pick the New icon

• Enter < 4455-200 > for the name of the part then pick OK in the dialog box
• Select the FRONT datum plane for the sketch plane
• Pick the Sketch icon then click the middle mouse button
• Close the References dialog box
• Sketch a horizontal line using the Line icon (use one left mouse click to start
the line and another left mouse click to end the line)
• Click the middle mouse button to end the line chain

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 85

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Sketch another horizontal line below the first line as shown below
• Add the two arcs using the Tangent Arc icon

T H T

3.00

T H T

10.00

• Add the tangent constraints if necessary using the icon

• Add dimension to the sketch as shown above using the icon
• Pick the Select Mode icon
• Double pick each dimension to modify the values as shown above
• Pick the Done icon
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• The result is shown below

• Pick File, Save then pick OK

• Pick File, Close Window

Page 86 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Task 3: Create a new sketch.

• Pick File, New or pick the New icon

• Pick the Sketch button in the dialog box (this is not a part model, it’s just a sketch)
• Enter < sketch-3 > for the name of the sketch
• Pick OK in the dialog box
• Sketch a vertical centerline using the Centerline icon
• Draw a horizontal line for the base of the triangle using the Line icon start on
the left of the centerline and draw across to the right side of the centerline, the system
will ‘snap’ when the sketch is ‘symmetrical’
• Complete the triangle with two additional lines
• Add the arcs in each corner using the Arc Fillet icon
• Add the constraints and dimensions as shown below

T R1 T

Add a centerline
to allow the
symmetry constraint
V

12.00

T T

R1 H R1
T T 1.00

20.00

• Pick File, Save then pick OK

• Pick File, Close Window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 87

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 4: Create another sketch.

• Pick File, New or pick the New icon

• Pick the Sketch button in the dialog box (this is not a part model, it’s just a sketch)
• Enter < sketch-4 > for the name of the sketch
• Pick OK in the dialog box
• Sketch as shown below and add the constraints using the icon

8.00

T
Add 2 centerlines
2.00 T and a sketch point

5.00
100.00
V

10.00

• Dimension the sketch as shown above

• Modify the dimension values using the icon
• Flex the sketch by changing the 8.00 dim to 12.00
• Change several other dimensions to see how the sketch reacts
• Pick File, Save then pick OK
• Pick File, Close Window

Page 88 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Task 5: Create another sketch.

• Pick File, New or pick the New icon

• Pick the Sketch button in the dialog box (this is not a part model, it’s just a sketch)
• Enter < sketch-5 > for the name of the sketch then pick OK in the dialog box
• Sketch as shown below and add the constraints using the icon

5.00 V

0.50

T R1
T T
12.00 R1

• Dimension the sketch as shown above

• Modify the dimension values by double picking each dimension
• Add an equal length constraint pick the two vertical lines, delete the 5.00 dim
• Pick File, Save then pick OK
• Pick File, Close Window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 89

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 6: Create a sketch feature in a new part.

• Pick File, New or pick the New icon

• Enter < 4455-004 > for the name of the part then pick OK
• Select the TOP datum plane for the sketch plane
• Pick the Sketch icon then click the middle mouse button
• Close the References dialog box
• Add a horizontal and vertical centerline aligned with the reference lines
• Create the bottom arc using Arc Center/Ends place the center of the arc at the
intersection of the two centerlines
• Create three Tangent Arcs to complete the egg shape as shown below
• Add the constraints and dimensions as shown below

FRONT
15.00

T T

This sketch has

four tangent points
52.00
H TOP

T T

20.00
Center of the
20 radius arc
41.00

Page 90 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

• Pick the Select Mode icon

• Drag a box around all the dimensions using the left mouse button
• Pick the Modify icon
• Remove the checkmark next to Regenerate in the Modify Dimensions dialog box
• Modify the value of each dimension as shown in the previous figure
• Pick the green checkmark in the Modify Dimensions dialog box
• Pick the Done icon
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• The result is shown below

TOP

FRONT

RIGHT

• Pick File, Save then pick OK

• Pick File, Close Window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 91

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Extrude and Revolve Features

Introduction
Solid features can be created using a variety of techniques. The most common solid features are
Extrude and Revolve.
• Extruded features are created by extruding the sketch ‘normal’ to the sketch plane.
You choose the direction and distance that the solid is extruded from the sketch plane.
• Revolved features are created by revolving the sketch about a centerline, existing
edge, or datum axis. You choose the direction and number of degrees of rotation from
the sketch plane.

Examples of Extrude and Revolve features are shown below.

Extrude

Revolve

Page 92 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Dashboard Tools
The system uses icons and ‘dashboard’ tools for defining the various elements of the feature.
Select the appropriate icon from the right side of the graphics window to access the dashboard
tools, or use the Insert menu at the top of the user interface.
Extruded features are created using the Extrude Tool as shown below. These tools include right
mouse button popup menus for shortcuts to common elements of the feature being created.

Hole
Shell
Each tool includes a
Rib right mouse button
Draft popup menu
for shortcuts
Round
Chamfer

Extrude
Revolve
Variable Section Sweep
Blended Surface

The Extrude Tool is used for creating

all types of extruded features

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 93

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

The Extrude Tool

The Extrude Tool is used to create all extruded features including solid protrusions and cuts,
thin protrusions and cuts, and extruded surfaces. The Extrude Tool is shown below.

Set the Depth element in the Options panel

For extruded surfaces, cap the ends here
Enter a name for the feature here

Pick here for

information

Edit the Extrude Direction

sketch
Protrusion or Cut
Solid or Thin
Material Side (for cuts)
Preview
Pause

Depth value Thickness of Done

thin features Quit

Blind
Solid or
Symmetric
Surface
To Next Use the right
mouse button
Through All popup menu for
Through Until shortcuts

To Selected

Page 94 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Protrusion Vs Cut
A Protrusion adds material to the model. A Cut removes material from the model. Both
extruded protrusions and extruded cuts are created using the Extrude Tool as shown below. The
system defaults to Protrusion, pick as shown below to create a Cut.

Pick here to toggle between

Protrusion and Cut

Creating an Extruded Protrusion

Creating an Extruded Cut

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 95

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Extrude Direction
The Direction of extruded features can be flipped on the model or in the Extrude Tool as shown
below.

Pick here to flip the direction

of extruded features

When you want to extrude in both directions from the sketch plane, use the Options panel of the
Extrude Tool as shown below.

Set the depth for each

direction in the Options
panel of the Extrude Tool

Extrude on One Side Extrude on One Side

Extrude Symmetric
Direction to the Left Direction to the Right

Page 96 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Material Side
Extruded features that remove material from the model are called Cuts. The Material Side arrow
controls on which side of the sketch the system removes the material.
The Material Side arrow points toward the material to be removed as shown below.

Pick here to remove Pick here to flip the

(cut) material material side of extruded cuts

The Material Side Arrow

Points Toward the Material to
be Removed from the Model

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 97

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Extruded Depth Options

When creating extruded features, many options are available to define the depth of the feature.
Each of the depth options is described below, and the icons used in the dashboard tools are
shown at the bottom of the page.

Blind Depth is controlled by a dimension on one side of the sketch plane.

Symmetric Depth is controlled by a single dimension symmetrical on both sides of the
sketch plane.
To Next Depth is controlled by the next part surface the feature completely
intersects. In other words, the surface must be bigger than the feature being
created.
Through All Go all the way through the part.
Through Until Depth is controlled by selecting a part surface the feature completely
intersects. In other words, the surface must be bigger than the feature being
created.
To Selected Depth is controlled by a datum point, or a vertex, or a datum curve, or a
part surface, or a datum plane. The feature does not have to completely
intersect the surface.

Blind
Symmetric
To Next
Through All
Through Until
To Selected

Extruded Feature Depth Options

Page 98 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Creating Extruded Features

During the creation of extruded features, the feature is automatically previewed in the graphics
window. Using the mouse in the graphics area, you can flip the direction arrow, flip the material
side arrow, and set the depth value using drag handles as shown below.
Using the drag handles can speed up the modeling process by avoiding some keyboard use. Add
and apply the following config.pro options to control the grid snap of the drag handles.

angle_grid_interval value
inch_grid_interval value
millimeter_grid_interval value

Flip the material side

of cut features
by picking this arrow
Set the depth using this
drag handle or double
Flip the direction pick the dimension value
of the feature
by picking this arrow

2.025

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 99

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Creating Thin Features

A Thin is a constant thickness feature created by sketching one side of the material. The sketch
can represent one side or the center of the material thickness of the feature.
Pick as shown below to create an extruded thin feature.

Pick here to create a

Thin extruded feature

Enter the thickness Flip the material side

of the Thin here of the Thin here

Creating an Extruded Thin Feature

Page 100 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

The Revolve Tool

The Revolve Tool is used to create all revolved features including solid protrusions and cuts, thin
protrusions and cuts, and revolved surfaces. This tool is very similar to the Extrude Tool.
The Revolve Tool is shown below.

Enter a name for the feature here

Pick here for

Edit the sketch information

Revolve Direction
Define the
axis of Protrusion or Cut
revolution Solid or Thin
Material Side (for cuts)
Preview
Pause

Revolve angle Thickness Done

of thin Quit
features
Blind

Solid or Symmetric
Surface To Selected

Use the right

mouse button
popup menu for
shortcuts

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 101

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 4 – EXTRUDE AND REVOLVE FEATURES

Goal

The goal of this exercise is to become familiar with creating extruded and
revolved solid features.

Task 1: Create an extruded protrusion. This is the connector part for the project.

• Open the part called ‘4455-001.prt’

• Select the sketch feature created in the last exercise
• Pick the Extrude icon on the right side toolbar
• In the Extrude Tool, set the depth to Symmetric as shown below

Use this depth option

• Enter < 21.50 > for the depth in the Extrude Tool
• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the feature
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
FRONT
• Pick File, Save then pick OK
• The completed part is shown here
• Pick File, Close Window
RIGHT

TOP

Page 102 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Task 2: Create a new part. This is the LCD part for the project.

• Pick File, New or pick the New icon

• Enter < 4455-002 > for the name of the new part then pick OK in the dialog box
• Pick the Extrude icon
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu
• Pick the RIGHT datum plane for the sketch plane
• Pick Top in the Orientation pull-down menu in the Sketch dialog box as shown
• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box as shown below

Pick Top here

Pick Sketch

• The system selects two references for you and they are displayed as dashed lines
• Pick Close in the References dialog box
• Pick the Centerline icon and sketch a vertical centerline aligned with the
FRONT datum plane
• Pick the Rectangle icon and sketch a symmetrical rectangle as shown on the
next page

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 103

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Align the bottom of the rectangle to the TOP datum plane as shown below

FRONT

Add the centerline aligned

with the FRONT datum plane

2.54
H

V V
TOP
H

28.80

• Add the Symmetry constraint if necessary using the Constraints icon

• Pick the Select Mode icon
• Double pick each dimension and modify the value as shown above
• Pick the Done icon
• In the Extrude Tool, set the depth to Symmetric as shown below

Use this depth option

• Enter < 25 > for the depth in the Extrude Tool

• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the feature

Page 104 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation

• The part is shown below

FRONT

TOP

RIGHT

Task 3: Create an extruded cut feature.

• Pick the Extrude icon

• Pick the Remove Material icon in the Extrude Tool as shown below

Pick here to remove material

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu
• Pick this end surface of the model for the sketch plane

FRONT

TOP

RIGHT

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 105

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick Top in the Orientation pull-down menu in the Sketch dialog box as shown
• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box as shown below

Pick Top here

Pick Sketch

• The system selects two references for you and they are displayed as dashed lines
• Add two additional references by selecting the model edges as shown below

Specify these two surfaces of the part

as additional references

V
H
TOP

2.00 1.00
FRONT

• Pick Close in the References dialog box

• Pick the Line icon and draw two lines as shown in bold above
• Pick the Dimension icon and add the two dimensions as shown above

Page 106 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

• Pick the Select Mode icon

• Double pick each dimension and modify the value as shown in the previous figure
• Pick the Done icon
• In the Extrude Tool, set the depth to Thru All as shown below

Use this depth option

• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the feature

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Pick File, Save then pick OK
• Read the messages in the message area
• The part is shown below
• Pick File, Close Window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 107

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 4: Create another new part. This is the battery for the project.

• Pick File, New or pick the New icon

• Enter < 4455-003 > for the name of the new part then pick OK in the dialog box
• Pick the Revolve icon on the right side toolbar
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu
• Pick the RIGHT datum plane for the sketch plane
• Pick Top in the Orientation pull-down menu in the Sketch dialog box as shown
• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box as shown below

Pick Top here

Pick Sketch

• The system selects two references for you and they are displayed as dashed lines
• Pick Close in the References dialog box
• Add a vertical centerline aligned with the FRONT datum plane as shown in the figure
on the next page

Page 108 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

• Sketch, constrain, and dimension the geometry as shown below

Add a vertical centerline

aligned to the FRONT FRONT
datum plane
7.00
H

V
5.05

T
Align to TOP
V 2.00

TOP
H

11.58

To create this dimension, pick the centerline

first, then pick the vertical sketch line, then
pick the centerline again, then click the middle
mouse button to place the dimension

• Pick the Select Mode icon

• Drag a box around all the dimensions using the left mouse button
• Pick the Modify icon
• Remove the checkmark next to Regenerate in the Modify Dimensions dialog box
• Modify the value of each dimension as shown above
• Pick the green checkmark in the Modify Dimensions dialog box
• Pick the Done icon
• Pick the checkmark in the Revolve Tool to complete the feature
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Pick File, Save then pick OK

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 109

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Read the messages in the message area

• The part is shown below
• Pick File, Close Window

Task 5: Create an extruded protrusion using an external sketch.

• Open the part called ‘4455-004.prt’

• Select the sketch feature created in the last exercise
• Pick the Extrude icon
• Enter < 9.25 > for the depth in the Extrude Tool
• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the feature
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Pick File, Save then pick OK
• The part is shown here

FRONT

TOP

RIGHT

Page 110 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Task 6: Create a copy of the part.

• Pick File, Save a Copy

• Enter < 4455-005 > for the new name then pick OK in the dialog box
• Read the message in the message area

Note

Remember that after using the File, Save a Copy command, the current
object is the original object, not the new object.

Task 7: Continue working in 4455-004. Create an extruded cut.

• Pick the Extrude icon

• Pick the Remove Material icon in the Extrude Tool as shown below

Pick here to remove material

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu
• Select the top part surface for the sketching plane as shown below

Sketch on this
part surface

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 111

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box

• The system selects two references for you and they are displayed as dashed lines
• Pick Close in the References dialog box
• Pick the Offset Edge icon in the sketcher toolbar
• Pick Loop in the small dialog box then pick the surface of the part as shown below

Pick Loop

Then pick this

part surface

• Enter < - 4.5 > to offset in the opposite direction of the arrow
• Pick Close in the small dialog box shown above

Note

The offset edge command creates sketch entities offset from the existing
edges of the model. If the original edges are changed, the offset edges
update automatically.

• Please turn the page

Page 112 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

• Add two horizontal lines and two vertical dimensions as shown below

RIGHT
Add these two horizontal lines

31.50
Create these
FRONT two dimensions
using
10.00

- 4.50

• Pick the Select Mode icon

• Modify the dimension values as shown above
• Pick the Dynamic Trim icon
• Pick the entities that you want to delete so the
sketch looks as shown here
• Pick File, Save a Copy
• Enter < cover > for the name then pick OK

Note

When using the sketcher, the Save and

Save a Copy commands only save the
‘sketch’ and not the part itself.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 113

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick the Done icon

• Enter < 2.55 > for the depth in the Extrude Tool
• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the feature
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• The part is shown below
• Pick File, Save then pick OK
• Pick File, Close Window

Task 8: Create an extruded cut feature in 4455-005.

• Open the part called ‘4455-005.prt’

• Pick the Extrude icon
• Pick the Remove Material icon in the Extrude Tool as shown below

Pick here to remove material

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu

Page 114 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

• Pick the surface of the model as shown below for the sketch plane

Sketch on this
part surface

• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box

• Pick Close in the References dialog box
• Add a vertical centerline aligned with the RIGHT datum plane as shown below
• Add a symmetrical rectangle as shown below
RIGHT

Vertical centerline 21.75

aligned with the
H
RIGHT datum plane

V V 20.37
6.00
FRONT

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 115

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Add the Symmetry constraint if necessary using the Constraints icon

• Pick the Select Mode icon
• Double pick each dimension and modify the value as shown in the previous figure
• Pick the Done icon
• In the Extrude Tool, set the depth to Thru All as shown below

Use this depth option

• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the feature

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Pick File, Save then pick OK
• The part is shown below
• Pick File, Close Window

Page 116 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Task 9: Create a new part. This is the lens part for the project.

• Pick File, New or pick the New icon

• Enter < 4455-006 > for the name of the new part then pick OK in the dialog box
• Pick the Extrude icon
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu
• Pick the FRONT datum plane for the sketch plane
• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box
• Pick Close in the References dialog box
• Pick the Centerline icon and sketch a vertical centerline aligned with the
RIGHT datum plane as shown below
• Pick the Line icon and sketch a symmetrical horizontal line aligned with the
TOP datum plane
• Add two vertical lines as shown below
• Pick the 3 Point Arc icon and add the arc as shown below
• Add the Symmetry constraint if necessary using the Constraints icon

RIGHT

Align this line to the Align a vertical centerline to

TOP datum plane the RIGHT datum plane
R 50.00

3.00
V V
TOP H

21.50

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 117

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Add the dimensions as shown in the previous figure

• Pick the Select Mode icon
• Drag a box around all the dimensions using the left mouse button
• Pick the Modify icon
• Remove the checkmark next to Regenerate in the Modify Dimensions dialog box
• Modify the value of each dimension as shown in the previous figure
• Pick the green checkmark in the Modify Dimensions dialog box
• Pick the Done icon
• In the Extrude Tool, set the depth to Symmetric as shown below

Use this depth option

• Enter < 20 > for the depth in the Extrude Tool

• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the feature
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• The part is shown below

FRONT

TOP

RIGHT

Page 118 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Task 10: Create another extruded protrusion.

• Pick the Extrude icon

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu
• Pick the TOP datum plane for the sketch plane
• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box
• Pick Close in the References dialog box
• Pick the Centerline icon and sketch a vertical centerline aligned with the
RIGHT datum plane
• Pick the offset edge icon in the sketcher toolbar
• Pick Loop in the small dialog box then pick the surface of the part as shown below

Pick Loop

Then pick this

part surface

• Enter < -0.5 > to offset in the opposite direction of the arrow
• Pick Close in the small dialog box shown above

Note

The offset edge command creates sketch entities offset from the existing
edges of the model. If the original edges are changed, the offset edges
update automatically.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 119

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Add two symmetrical rectangles to the sketch as shown below

RIGHT

FRONT

• Trim the sketch using to remove the unwanted entities (the result is shown
below)
• Add the dimensions and modify the values as shown below

7.85

RIGHT
3.80
-0.50

Vertical centerline
aligned to the
RIGHT datum plane
FRONT

4.00

4.75
Page 120 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

• Pick the Done icon

• Enter < 0.5 > for the depth in the Extrude Tool
• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the feature
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Pick File, Save then pick OK
• The part is shown here
• Pick File, Close Window

Task 11: Create another new part. This is the battery cover for the project.

• Pick File, New or pick the New icon

• Enter < 4455-007 > for the name of the new part then pick OK in the dialog box
• Pick the Extrude icon
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu
• Pick the TOP datum plane for the sketch plane
• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box
• Pick Close in the References dialog box
• Pick Sketch, Data from File in the top menubar
• Pick ‘cover.sec’ from the list then pick Open (this sketch was created on page 113)

Note

The part does not ‘reference’ the original sketch and it is not associative to
the ‘cover.sec’ file

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 121

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Enter < 1 > for the Scale in the small dialog box, press ‘enter’ but do not pick the
green checkmark yet
• Place the sketch as shown below then pick the
checkmark in the Scale Rotate dialog box
• Add a vertical centerline as shown below
• Add the symmetry constraints as shown below
• Add the dimensions as shown below

19.95
Align a vertical
RIGHT
centerline to the
H
RIGHT datum plane

Move the sketch by

picking inside this circle

Align the center of the 21.50

lower arc to the two
datum planes

FRONT

T T
10.00

R 15.50

32.00

• Modify the dimension values as shown above

• Pick the Done icon
• Enter < 2 > for the depth in the Extrude Tool
• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the feature

Page 122 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation

• Pick File, Save then pick OK
• The part is shown below
• Pick File, Close Window

FRONT

TOP

RIGHT

Task 12: Create another new part. This is the button part for the project.

• Pick File, New or pick the New icon

• Enter < 4455-008 > for the name of the new part then pick OK in the dialog box
• Pick the Extrude icon
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu
• Pick the TOP datum plane for the sketch plane
• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box
• Pick Close in the References dialog box
• Add a vertical centerline aligned with the RIGHT datum plane as shown on the next
page

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 123

 Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Sketch, dimension, and constrain the geometry as shown below

20.25

RIGHT

3.00
V V
FRONT
7.00

Vertical centerline aligned

20.00
to the RIGHT datum

• Add the symmetry constraint if necessary using

• Modify the dimension values as shown above
• After completing the sketch, pick the Done icon
• Enter < 1.45 > for the depth in the Extrude Tool
• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the feature
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• The result is shown below

FRONT

RIGHT

TOP

Page 124 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

Task 13: Create a revolved protrusion in 4455-008.

• Pick the Revolve icon

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu
• Pick the RIGHT datum plane for the sketch plane
• Pick Top in the Orientation pull-down menu in the Sketch dialog box
• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box
• Select the top surface of the part then pick Close in the References dialog box
• Sketch a vertical centerline aligned with the FRONT datum plane as shown below
• Sketch the geometry shown in bold below

3.15

FRONT

H
Add a vertical centerline
aligned to the
FRONT datum plane

8.00

0.65

TOP

3.85

4.85

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 125

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Add the dimensions as shown in the previous figure

• Pick the Select Mode icon
• Double pick each dimension and enter the appropriate value
• Pick the Done icon
• Pick the checkmark in the Revolve Tool to complete the feature
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• The part is shown below

Task 14: Create a revolved cut in 4455-008.

• Pick the Revolve icon

• Pick the Remove Material icon in the Revolve Tool
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu
• Pick the RIGHT datum plane for the sketch plane
• Pick Top in the Orientation pull-down menu in the Sketch dialog box
• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box
• Pick Close in the References dialog box
• Sketch a vertical centerline aligned with the FRONT datum plane as shown on the
next page

Page 126 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

• Sketch the geometry shown in bold below

FRONT

Add a vertical centerline

aligned to the
FRONT datum plane

V 2.50

H V TOP

2.50 0.75

4.85

• Add the dimensions as shown above

• Pick the Select Mode icon
• Double pick each dimension and enter the appropriate value
• Pick the Done icon
• Pick the checkmark in the Revolve Tool to complete the feature

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 127

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• The result is shown below

• Pick File, Save then pick OK
• Close the window

Task 15: Create another new part. This is the printed circuit board for the project.

• Pick File, New or pick the New icon

• Enter < 4455-009 > for the name of the new part then pick OK in the dialog box
• Pick the Extrude icon
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu
• Pick the TOP datum plane for the sketch plane
• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box
• Pick Close in the References dialog box
• Add a vertical centerline aligned with the RIGHT datum plane as shown on the next
page

Page 128 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 1

• Sketch, dimension, and constrain the geometry as shown below

14.00

RIGHT

R1 R1

T T

V L1 V L1
43.70
FRONT

Vertical centerline
aligned to the
RIGHT datum

18.40
36.15

• Align the small arc centers to the RIGHT datum plane

• Add the symmetry constraint if necessary
• After completing the sketch, pick the Done icon
• Enter < 0.76 > for the depth in the Extrude Tool
• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the feature
• Pick File, Save then pick OK
• The part is shown below
FRONT
• Pick File, Close Window
TOP

RIGHT

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 129

Section 1 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

ADDITIONAL EXERCISES
The following exercises are recommended and can be found in Appendix A.
• Exercise 24 – Sketcher Techniques
• Exercise 25 – Part Creation
• Exercise 26 – Model Tree Configuration

REVIEW QUESTIONS
Answer the following questions.
1. Define “Parametric Feature Based Modeling”.
2. What is meant by the term ‘object reference’?
3. What are the file extensions given to parts? assemblies? drawings? sketches?
4. How is a new part or assembly created? Why?
5. What is the config.pro file used for?
6. What does ‘store back’ mean?
7. What is the difference between File, Erase and File, Delete?
8. What is the difference between File, Save and File, Backup?
9. After using the File, Save a Copy command, what is the current object?
10. If I use File, Close Window without saving my model, have I lost my work?
11. If I use File, Erase without saving my model, have I lost my work?
12. What is a feature?
13. (True or False) All features have parents. Explain.
14. (True or False) All features have children. Explain.
15. (True or False) Parent child relationships are bad. Explain.
16. Can parent child relationships be broken?
17. What is the model tree?
18. What does a sketch point, a construction circle, and a centerline do?
19. List nine constraints used in the sketcher.
20. How are dimension values changed in the sketcher?

Page 130 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Section 2

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 131

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Page 132 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Edit and Regenerate

Introduction
Pro/ENGINEER models are a collection of chronological
parametric features. Each feature has dimensions that define
the design intent of the part. The geometry of the model is
altered by editing (modifying) the dimension’s values using
the Edit, Value command.

After editing the dimension values, the model must be

updated using the Edit, Regenerate command. This
command rebuilds the model’s geometry by recalculating the
mathematics based on the edited dimensions. The
regeneration process occurs starting with the edited feature,
and goes down through each feature to the end of the feature
list. When a part has many features, the regeneration process
can take a considerable amount of computer resources and a
long time to complete. Because of this, it is desirable to edit
all the features requiring modification, and then use the
Regenerate command one time to update the model.

Regeneration occurs from the edited feature

down to the end of the feature list

Note

It is desirable to edit all features

requiring modification, and then use the
Regenerate command one time to
update the model.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 133

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Editing Features and Dimensions

To edit a feature’s dimensions, set the selection filter to Features, then double pick the feature.
The dimensions of the selected feature are displayed, double pick the dimension value to be
edited. After entering the new value, go on to the next dimension or feature.

Another method to display a feature’s dimensions is to use the right mouse button popup menu
as shown below. After selecting the feature, pick Edit in the popup menu.

Another method to edit a feature’s dimensions is to use the right mouse button popup menu as
shown below. After selecting the dimension, pick Value in the popup menu.

Select a feature then pick Edit

Pick a dimension
then pick Value

Regenerate the Model

After all the necessary modifications are completed, pick the Regenerate icon shown above or
pick Edit, Regenerate to update the model. The regeneration process uses your computer’s
processor to calculate the model’s geometry. The faster your computer’s processor is, the faster
the regeneration process is completed.

Regenerate

2.50 3.60
3.60

Edit the dimension value then Regenerate

Page 134 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

The Edit Menu

The Edit menu can be used to modify dimension values. Select the dimension first then pick
Edit, Value. The Edit menu also contains the Regenerate command as shown below.

In the Edit menu,

Regenerate is at the top

Value is near the bottom

Using the Model Tree

Another method to display the dimensions of a feature is to use the Model Tree. Pick any feature
then press and hold the right mouse button and select Edit in the popup menu as shown below.

In the Model Tree, use the

popup menu and select Edit

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 135

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 5 – EDIT AND REGENERATE

Goal

The goal of this exercise is to become familiar with editing and

regenerating part models.

Task 1: Edit dimension values and regenerate the model.

• Open the part called ‘4455-001.prt’

• Set the selection filter to Features (in the lower right corner of the user interface)
• Select the protrusion on any surface, but don’t pick a datum plane
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Edit in the popup menu
• Double pick the 4 dimension
• Enter < 5 > for the new value
• Double pick the 21.5 dimension
• Enter < 21.7 > for the new value
• Pick the Regenerate icon in the top toolbar
• Read the message in the message area
• Pick the Save icon then pick OK
• Read the message in the message area again
• The part is shown below
• Pick File, Close Window

Page 136 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Task 2: Edit dimension values and regenerate the model.

• Open the part called ‘4455-002.prt’

• Double pick the protrusion on the large planar surface
• Double pick the 28.8 dimension
• Enter < 30 > for the new value
• Double pick the 2.54 dimension
• Enter < 5 > for the new value
• Pick the Regenerate icon
• Read the message in the message area
• Pick the Save icon then pick OK
• The part is shown below
• Pick File, Close Window

Task 3: Edit dimension values and regenerate the model.

• Pick the Open icon

• Double pick the basic folder
• Double pick the labs folder
• Pick the part called ‘4455-303.prt’ then pick Open

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 137

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• In the model tree, pick the first Protrusion (near the top of the tree)
• In the model tree, press and hold the right mouse button and select Edit in the popup
menu
• In the graphics window, double pick the .500 dimension
• Enter < 1.425 > for the new value
• Pick the Regenerate icon
• Notice how long it takes to regenerate the model

• Read the message in the message area

• In the model tree, pick the last Chamfer (at the bottom of the tree)
• In the model tree, press and hold the right mouse button and select Edit in the popup
menu
• In the graphics window, double pick the .065 dimension
• Enter < .080 > for the new value
• Pick the Regenerate icon
• Notice how much less time it takes to regenerate the model
• Pick the Save icon then pick OK
• Pick File, Close Window

Page 138 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Datum Features

Introduction
Datum features are non-solid features used during the construction of other features. The most
common datum features include planes, axes, coordinate systems, and curves. Datum features do
not add or remove material from the model and therefore do not affect the mass properties of the
model. Some datums include ‘name tags’ as shown below.

Datums are created using the Insert menu or the Datum toolbar as shown below. Some datum
curves such as projected, wrapped, and intersected, are created using the Edit menu.

The display of datum features can be toggled on/off using the Datum Display toolbar, located at
the top of the user interface and shown below. The display of datum features can also be toggled
on/off using View, Hide or by using Layers.

Sketch Feature
Datum Plane
Datum Axis
Datum Curve A_1 Datums have
‘name tags’
Datum Points
Coordinate System
Datum Graph
Datum Evaluate
Analysis Feature
Offset Planes
Datum Reference

The Datum Toolbar The Datum Display Toolbar

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 139

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Datum Plane
The most common datum feature is the datum plane. All parts should have three default datum
planes as the first three features. Additional datum planes can be created using the Datum
toolbar, shown below, or can be built ‘on the fly’ during construction of other features. Datum
planes built ‘on the fly’ are separate features and are automatically hidden by the system. See
page 149 for details about the Hide command.

Datum planes can be created using combinations of these options:

• Offset from an existing datum plane or planar surface.
• Through an axis, edge, or curve.
• Normal to an existing datum plane or planar surface.
• Parallel to an existing datum plane or planar surface.
• At a specified angle to an existing datum plane or planar surface.
• Tangent to a cylindrical surface.
Pick here to create
Datum planes are used for: datum planes
• The first three features in all parts and assemblies.
• Sketching plane and reference plane for sketching.
• Dimensioning and alignment references in the sketch.
• Feature depth references (To Selected).
• Creating cross-sections.
• Reference plane for the mirror command.
• Geometric tolerances, drawing view orientation.
• Assembly placement constraints.

TOP
FRONT

Datum planes are the first

three features in every model

RIGHT

Page 140 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

The Datum Plane Tool

The Datum Plane tool is used to create datum planes. Select the references for the datum plane
before selecting the Datum Plane icon, shown above. For example, to create an offset datum
plane, select the plane to offset from first, then pick the icon.

The Datum Plane tool has three tabs and is shown below.

Pick in the Display tab

to flip the
positive/negative side
of the datum plane

When creating an offset Enter the name

Fit the datum
datum plane, enter the for the plane here
plane here
offset value here

The right mouse

button shortcut menu
is shown here

When using an edge and a plane for

the references, use this pull down
menu to select the type of plane

Enter angular rotation here

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 141

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Datum Axis
Another common datum feature is the datum axis. Datum axes are created automatically during
creation of a hole or revolved feature. Datum axes can be created the using the Datum Toolbar
as shown below. Select the references for the axis first, then pick the icon in the toolbar.

Datum axes can be created using combinations of these options:

• Through a linear edge.
• Normal to a datum plane or planar surface.
• Through a datum point.
• Through the center of a cylindrical surface.
• At the intersection of two datum planes or planar surfaces.

Datum axes are used for:

• Creating coaxial holes. Pick here to create
• Centerlines on drawings. datum axes
• To indicate symmetry on drawings.
• Geometric tolerances.
• Assembly placement constraints.

A_1
Datum axes are automatically
created at the center of
revolved features and at the A_1
center of holes A_2

Page 142 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

The Datum Axis Tool

The Datum Axis tool is used to create datum axes. Select the references for the axis before
selecting the Datum Axis icon, shown above. For example, to create an axis at the intersection
of two planes, select the two planes first, then pick the icon. To create an axis normal to a plane,
select the normal plane first, then pick the Datum Axis icon, then use the right mouse button
popup menu to select the offset references.

The Datum Axis tool has three tabs and is shown below.

When creating an
axis normal to a
plane, the normal
plane is listed here

Enter the offset

values here

Use the Display tab

to set the size of the
axis display

Enter a name for the axis

in the Properties tab

The right mouse

button shortcut menu

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 143

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Datum Coordinate System

Pro/ENGINEER is not an XYZ based CAD system, however, datum coordinate systems can be
created using the Datum toolbar or the Insert menu. The ‘default coordinate system’ is a special
feature located at the intersection of the three default datum planes and can only be created using
the Insert menu. The template part includes a default coordinate system.

Pro/ENGINEER coordinate systems are ‘right-handed’: using your right hand, the thumb is the
positive X axis, the index finger is the positive Y axis, and the middle finger is the positive Z
axis as shown below.

Datum coordinate systems can be created using these options:

• At the intersection of the three default datum planes.
• At the intersection of three datum planes or planar surfaces.
• Offset from another coordinate system by translate and / or rotate.

Datum coordinate systems are used for:

• Measurements. Pick here to create datum
• Exporting the model to IGES or coordinate systems
other file types.
• Assembly constraints.

Z X

Right Hand Coordinate System

Page 144 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

The Coordinate System Tool

The Coordinate System tool is used to create all types of datum coordinate systems. Select the
references for the coordinate system before selecting the icon. For example, select three planes
first then pick the Coordinate System icon.

The Coordinate System tool has three tabs and is shown below.

The Origin tab lists

the references for
the coordinate
system and any
offset values

The Orientation tab

is used to Flip the
axes of the CSYS

Use the Properties tab

to enter a name for the
coordinate system

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 145

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Sketches and Datum Curves

Datum curves are wireframe geometry with no mass or volume similar to the Sketch feature.
Sketches and datum curves can be lines, arcs, circles, and splines. Closed loop sketches can be
crosshatched. Sketches and datum curves are created using the Datum Toolbar as shown below.
Some datum curves are also created using the Edit menu.

Datum curves can be created using a variety of methods:

• At the intersection of two surfaces.
• Projected onto surfaces.
• Wrapped onto surfaces. Pick here to create
• Through points. a sketch
• Surface boundary. Pick here to create
• Offset from existing datum curves. datum curves

Some uses for datum curves and sketches are:

• References for other features (trajectory for sweep feature).
• Skeleton parts.
• Represent other geometry.
• To define keep-out areas of a part.
• To create labels.
• To create a ‘filled’ area.
• Any kind of layout.
• To break up complex sketches into several simple sketches.

Datum curves and

sketches can be used to
create labels and
‘filled’ areas

Page 146 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Line Style of Datum Curves and Sketches

Datum curves and sketches can have alternate line styles and colors applied to affect their
display on screen and during printing or plotting. Select the curves then pick Edit, Properties.
The Line Style dialog box is used to select the Line Font and Color of the datum curve as
shown below.

Select the Line Font here

and see the examples below

Pick here to change the color

then select from the Color
window

Solid Font
Dot Font
Centerline Font
Phantom Font
Dash Font
Pro/ENGINEER Line Fonts

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 147

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

The Insert Menu

The Insert menu can be used to create datum features. For example, pick Insert, Model Datum,
Plane to create a datum plane. The Insert menu is shown below.

Pick here to create a datum plane

Create coordinate systems here

Create datum curves here

Create special types of datums

Page 148 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Using the Hide Command

Individual datum features, such as a single datum plane, can be ‘hidden’ using the View, Hide
command. This is similar to using Layers to ‘hide’ the object.

Select the object(s) to be hidden, then pick View, Visibility, Hide, or pick the appropriate icon.
The Hide and Unhide icons, shown above, can be added to the interface using the Tools,
Customize Screen command.

The right mouse button can be used in the model tree to ‘hide’ datum features. Selected features
can be ‘unhidden’ using the View, Visibility, Unhide command. Pick View, Visibility, Unhide
All to unhide all objects in the current model that are hidden.

Hidden features have a different icon in the model tree as shown below.

This feature is ‘hidden’

In the model tree, press and

hold the right mouse button
and select Hide or Unhide

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 149

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Datum Name Tags

Datum features have name tags associated with them. The
display of these name tags is controlled using the View,
Display Settings, Datum Display command or the icons
shown below. These icons can be added to the user
interface using the Tools, Customize Screen command.

The Datum Display dialog box is shown.

Remove the checkmark to

remove the display of the entity

Datum Tag Display Icons

TOP
FRONT

RIGHT

Datum Planes With and Without the Tags Displayed

Page 150 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

EXERCISE 6 - DATUM FEATURES

Goal

The goal of this exercise is to become familiar with creating datum

features.

Task 1: Create a datum plane in 4455-008.

• Open the part called ‘4455-008.prt’

• Set the selection filter to Datums (in the lower right corner of the user interface)
• Select the RIGHT datum plane in the model tree
• Pick Insert, Model Datum, Plane or pick the icon
• Enter < 7 > in the Datum Plane tool then pick OK
• The result is shown below (DTM1)
• Pick the Save icon then pick OK
• Pick File, Close Window
FRONT

RIGHT
TOP

DTM1

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 151

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 2: Create datum features in 4455-004.

• Open the part called ‘4455-004.prt’

• Set the selection filter to Datums (in the lower right corner of the user interface)
• Select the FRONT datum plane in the model tree
• Pick Insert, Model Datum, Plane or pick the icon
• Enter < -14 > in the Datum Plane tool then pick OK
• The result is shown below (DTM1)
• Select the RIGHT datum plane
• Press and hold the CTRL key and select the DTM1 datum plane
• Pick Insert, Model Datum, Axis or pick the icon
• The result is shown below (A_1)

DTM1

FRONT

A_1

TOP

RIGHT

Page 152 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

• Set the selection filter to Geometry

• Pick the top surface of the part in the location shown below

Pick this surface

in this location

• Pick Insert, Model Datum, Axis or pick the icon

• In the graphics area, drag each of the two ‘drag handles’ and ‘snap’ them onto the
RIGHT datum plane and the FRONT datum plane
• Double pick the dimension to the RIGHT datum
and enter < 10.5 > for the value
• Double pick the dimension to the FRONT
datum and enter < 11.5 > for the value
• Pick OK in the Datum Axis tool
• The result is shown below (A_2)
Be sure the correct
references and offset
values are listed here

Pick OK
DTM1

FRONT

A_1

TOP
A_2

RIGHT

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 153

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Notes

Where you pick the placement plane determines the positive direction of
the locating dimensions.

Using a negative value for the locating dimension moves the feature to the
opposite side of the reference.

• Pick the Save icon then pick OK

• Pick File, Close Window

Task 3: Create datum features in 4455-005.

• Open the part called ‘4455-005.prt’

• Set the selection filter to Geometry
• Pick the top surface of the part in the location shown below

Pick this surface

in this location

• Pick Insert, Model Datum, Axis or pick the icon

• In the graphics area, drag each of the two ‘drag handles’ and ‘snap’ them onto the
RIGHT datum plane and the FRONT datum plane
• Double pick the dimension to the RIGHT datum and enter < 10.5 > for the value

Page 154 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

• Double pick the dimension to the FRONT datum and enter < 11.5 > for the value
• Pick OK in the Datum Axis tool
• The result is shown below (A_1)

FRONT

A_1 TOP

RIGHT

• Save the part and Close the window

Task 4: Create a datum curve feature in 4455-009.

• Open the part ‘4455-009.prt’

• Pick the Sketch icon
• Pick the surface of the part for the sketch plane as shown below

Pick this surface

for the sketch plane

• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box

• Close the References dialog box

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 155

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick the Centerline icon and sketch a vertical centerline aligned with the
RIGHT datum plane as shown below
• Pick the Rectangle icon and sketch two symmetrical rectangles as shown below

Vertical centerline RIGHT

aligned with the
RIGHT datum plane

2.00
21.70

16.37

FRONT

4.00

• Add the Symmetry constraint if necessary using the Constraints icon

• Pick the Select Mode icon
• Double pick each dimension and modify the value as shown above
• Pick the Done icon
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• The result is shown
• Save the part and Close the window

Page 156 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Task 5: Create a datum coordinate system.

• Pick the Open icon

• Double pick the basic folder
• Double pick the labs folder
• Pick the part 4455-302 then pick Open
• Orient the model as shown here
• Set the selection filter to Geometry
• Pick this surface of the part first
• Press and hold the CTRL key and then
pick this surface second
• Press and hold the CTRL key and then
Z
pick the bottom surface of the part
• Pick the Datum Coordinate System icon Y X
• In the Coordinate System tool, pick the
Orientation tab and pick Flip in the X and Y as
The purpose of this task
shown below
is to create a datum
coordinate system,
oriented this direction
on this vertex

Pick Orientation

Pick Flip

Pick Flip

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 157

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• In the Coordinate System tool, pick the Properties tab

• Enter < export > for the name of the coordinate system as shown below

Pick Properties

Enter the name here

• Pick OK in the dialog box

• The result is shown below
• Pick the Save icon then click the middle mouse button
• Pick File, Close Window

Y PRT_CSYS_DEF

Z X

Z
Y X
EXPORT

Page 158 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Task 6: Use the hide command.

• Pick the Open icon

• Double pick the basic folder
• Double pick the labs folder
• Pick the part 4455-303 then pick Open
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Set the selection filter to Datums
• Pick the RIGHT datum plane
• Pick View, Visibility, Hide
• In the model tree, pick the TOP datum plane
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Hide
• Notice the icon used in the model tree for the hidden features
• Pick View, Visibility, Save Status
• Pick the Save icon then click the middle mouse button

Note

The Save Status command forces hidden items to remain hidden after the
part is saved and re-opened.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 159

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 7: Turn off the display of the datum name tags.

• Pick View, Display Settings, Datum Display

• Remove the checkmarks next to the name tags as shown below

Remove the checkmarks

next to all the name tags

• Pick OK in the Datum Display dialog box

• Notice the datum name tags are not displayed
• Pick File, Close Window
• Pick File, Exit then pick Yes

Page 160 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Engineering Features

Introduction
Engineering features are a collection of special features such as hole, round, chamfer, shell, rib,
and draft. These features are created using the icons located on the right side toolbar or by using
the Insert menu in the top menubar. This textbook does not cover the Draft feature.

The top portion of the Insert menu and the Engineering Features toolbar are shown below.

Hole

Pick here for Hole Shell

Pick here for Shell Rib
Pick here for Rib Draft
Pick here for Round Round
Pick here for Chamfer
Chamfer

The Engineering
Features Toolbar

Hole
Shell

Rib

Round

Chamfer

Engineering Features - Examples

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 161

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Creating Holes
To create holes pick Insert, Hole or pick the Hole icon shown above. Three types of holes can
be created using the Hole Tool as shown below.

Simple Holes A straight, square bottom hole. The drill tip angle and thread is not
included. The Hole Tool is used to set the diameter, depth, and placement
parameters for the hole.
Sketched Holes The shape of the hole is sketched similar to a revolved cut. After finishing
the sketch, the Hole Tool is used to define the placement parameters for
the hole.
Standard Holes You select the fastener size, class of fit, and can specify counterbore,
countersink, thread, drill tip angle, and exit countersink. Standard holes
include a note that is used for manufacturing and/or on detail drawings.
All standard hole information is taken from the Machinery’s Handbook.
The Hole Tool is used to define the placement parameters for the hole.

Simple Blind Sketched Standard Counterbored

Simple Through All Standard Tapped

Hole Type Examples

Page 162 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Simple Holes
The Hole Tool is used to create all types of holes including straight holes, sketched holes, and
standard holes. Select the Primary reference for the hole before picking the Hole icon. When
creating linear holes, ‘drag handles’ are used to define the dimension references.

The Hole Tool for creating simple holes is shown below.

Use the Shape panel to set

the depth of Side 2

The Placement panel lists

the placement type and
references for the hole

The diameter is here Blind depth Done

value is here Quit

Blind
Symmetric
Use the right mouse
To Next
button popup menu
for shortcuts Through All
Through Until
To Selected

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 163

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Sketched Holes
Sketched holes are created by sketching the shape of the hole. The Hole Tool is used to create
sketched holes as shown below.

In this pull-down menu,

select Sketched

Pick here to access

the sketcher

Pick here to Open

existing sketches

The sketcher is used to draw the shape

of the hole similar to a revolved cut

Page 164 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Standard Holes
Using the Hole Tool, standard holes can be created as shown below.

The Shape panel shows

the options selected

Pick here for

information

Add counterbore
Select the fastener size here Add countersink
Set the thread standard here Add thread
Pick here for Standard Holes

Use the right mouse button

popup menu for shortcuts

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 165

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Standard Holes (continued)

The Shape panel of the Hole Tool controls the shape of standard holes. Some examples of
standard hole shapes are shown below.

Countersink and
Exit Countersink
with threads

Counterbore

Tapped blind hole

Tapped thru hole

with threads

Page 166 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Rounds
Rounds are fillet radii or smooth transitions between two adjacent surfaces. Most rounds are
created by selecting edges of the model. Rounds can add or remove material depending on the
edges selected. There are many different types of rounds, the most common is a ‘constant edge
round’. Examples of rounds are shown below.

Constant Edge Round – Single Set Constant Edge Round – Multiple Sets

Variable Edge Round Full Round

Constant Edge-Surf Round Variable Edge-Surf Round

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 167

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

The Round Tool

The Round Tool is used to create all types of rounds. Select the references for the round before
picking the Round icon. The right mouse button popup menu has many different shortcuts
during the creation of rounds.

The Round Tool is shown below.

Use the right mouse button

popup menu for shortcuts

The Sets panel contains

the references for the
feature, the type and
shape of each set

The references for the

selected set are here

The radius value for the

selected set is here

When using Transitions,

they are listed here

Use the Options panel to

create surface rounds

Done
Pick here to Select the transition Quit
create transitions type here

Page 168 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Creating Rounds Without the Round Tool

Simple edge rounds and full rounds can be created without using the Round Tool. First set the
selection filters to Geometry, then select the edge(s) for the round. Next press and hold the right
mouse button and pick Round Edges in the popup menu. The round appears, and dynamic drag
handles allow you to dynamically change the size of the round. The dimension can be double
clicked to modify the value. Finally, click the middle mouse button to complete the feature.

The steps to create a simple round are illustrated below.

Step 1: With the filter set to Step 2: Press and hold the right mouse
Geometry, pick the edge(s). button, select ‘Round Edges’.

1.496 R1.496

Step 3: Drag the dynamic handles or double click the dimension value.

Step 4. Click the middle mouse button

to complete the round.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 169

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Edge Chamfer
Edge chamfers create beveled transitions between two adjacent surfaces. Chamfers can add or
remove material depending on the geometry selected. To create a chamfer feature, pick Insert,
Chamfer, Edge Chamfer or pick the icon shown above.

There are six types of edge chamfers:

DxD The chamfer is size ‘d’ by ‘d’. The dimension is measured from the
selected edge.
D1 x D2 The chamfer is size ‘d1’ by ‘d2’. The dimensions are measured from the
selected edge.
Ang x d The chamfer is ‘ang’ degrees from selected surface of size ‘d’. The ‘d’ is
measured from the selected edge.
45 x D The chamfer is 45 degrees of size ‘d’. The edges must be right angle edges
(90 degrees between the adjacent surfaces).
OxO ‘O’ means offset from the selected surfaces. The dimension is measured
normal to the selected surfaces and is similar to D x D.
O1 x O2 ‘O’ means offset from the selected surfaces. The chamfer is size ‘O1’ by
‘O2’. The O1 and O2 dimensions are measured normal to the selected
surfaces and is similar to D1 x D2.

d1
45 X d

d2

45 X d d1 X d2

d d

Ang d

Ang X d d X d
Edge Chamfers
Page 170 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

The Chamfer Tool

The Chamfer Tool is used to create all types of edge chamfers. Select the references for the
chamfer before picking the Chamfer icon. The right mouse button popup menu has many
shortcuts during the creation of chamfers.

The Chamfer Tool is shown below.

Use the right mouse button

popup menu for shortcuts

The Sets panel

contains the references
for the chamfer

The references for the

selected set are here

The values for the

selected set are here

When using Transitions,

they are listed here

Use the Options panel to

create surface chamfers

Done
Set the type of chamfer here
Quit
Pick here to switch to ‘Transition Mode’

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 171

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Shell
The shell feature is used to ‘hollow out’ a part with constant wall thickness. The user can specify
different wall thicknesses for different part surfaces. The shell feature is created by picking
Insert, Shell, or by picking the icon shown above.

This surface selected

to be removed

This surface selected

to have a different
thickness

The result is shown

below

Note

The thickness of the shell feature is limited by the geometry of the part
being shelled.

Page 172 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

The Shell Tool

The Shell Tool is used to create shell features. Pick a surface of the part to be removed then pick
the Shell icon. Use “CTRL + pick” to select more than one surface. Press and hold the right
mouse button to access the popup menu. Use the popup menu to pick Non-Default Surfaces
then select surfaces of the model to have different thickness. Enter the thickness then click the
middle mouse button to complete the feature.

The Shell Tool is shown below.

Use the References panel to

change the surfaces to be removed
for the shell feature

Any surfaces selected for non-

default thickness are listed here

Enter a name for the shell here

Pick here for

information

Done
Flip the shell inside/outside Quit
Enter the shell thickness here

Use the right mouse button

popup menu for shortcuts

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 173

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Rib
A rib is a special type of sketched protrusion used to create a web or fin in a part. The rib is
sketched from the side view, and the sketch must be open. After completing the sketch, the Rib
Tool is used to determine which side of the sketch to create the feature. Ribs created on revolved
geometry automatically follow the contour of the existing part.

To create a rib, pick Insert, Rib, or pick the Rib icon shown above.

Open Sketch Closed Sketch

The Sketch of the Rib Must Be Open

Ribs

Examples of Ribs

Page 174 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

The Rib Tool

The Rib Tool is used to create rib features. Pick the Rib icon and then pick the Sketch icon in
the Rib Tool. After completing the rib’s sketch, enter the thickness and set the direction for the
rib in the Rib Tool as shown below. Use the right mouse button popup menu to flip the direction
or make it symmetrical about the sketch plane.

The Rib Tool is shown below.

Use the right mouse button

Use the References panel to popup menu for shortcuts
edit the sketch and to flip the
material side arrow

Enter a name for

the rib here

Done
Pick here to set the direction:
in, out, or symmetric Quit

Enter the thickness for the rib here

Note

The sketch of the rib must be open as shown on the previous page.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 175

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 7 - ENGINEERING FEATURES

Goal

The goal of this exercise is to become familiar with creating engineering

features.

Task 1: Create rounds in 4455-008.

• Open the part called ‘4455-008.prt’

• Set the selection filter to Geometry
• Pick one of the edges shown in bold below then press and hold the CTRL key and
pick the other three edges for a total of 4 edges

Pick this hidden edge

Pick

Pick

Pick

• Pick the Round icon

• Enter < 2 > for the radius size in the Round Tool
• Pick the checkmark in the Round Tool to complete the feature

Page 176 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

• The result is shown below

• Pick this edge

• Pick the Round icon
• Enter < 0.50 > for the radius size in the Round Tool
• Pick the checkmark in the Round Tool to complete the feature
• The result is shown below
• Save the part
• Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 177

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 2: Create rounds in 4455-006.

• Open the part called ‘4455-006.prt’

• Set the selection filter to Geometry
• Pick one of the edges shown in bold below then press and hold the CTRL key and
pick the other five edges for a total of 6 edges (you may have to spin the model and
zoom in to select these small edges)

Pick 2 hidden vertical edges

Pick Pick

Pick

• Pick the Round icon

• Enter < 1.5 > for the radius size in the Round Tool
• Pick the checkmark in the Round Tool
to complete the feature
• The result is shown here

Page 178 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

• Be sure the selection filter is set to Geometry

• Pick one of the edges shown in bold below then press and hold the CTRL key and
pick the other three edges for a total of 4 edges (you may have to spin the model and
zoom in to select these small edges)

Pick the hidden edge

Pick

Pick

• Pick the Round icon

• Enter < 2 > for the radius size in the Round Tool
• Pick the checkmark in the Round Tool to complete the feature
• The result is shown below

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 179

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Be sure the selection filter is set to Geometry

• Pick one of the edges shown in bold below then press and hold the CTRL key and
pick the other edge for a total of 2 edges (you may have to zoom in to select these
small edges)

Pick these two edges

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select

Round Edges in the popup menu

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select

Full Round in the popup menu
• Click the middle mouse button to complete the feature
• The completed part is shown below
• Save the part
• Close the window

Page 180 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Task 3: Create a chamfer in 4455-002.

• Open the part called ‘4455-002.prt’

• Set the selection filter to Geometry
• Pick one of the edges shown in bold below then press and hold the CTRL key and
pick the other two edges for a total of 3 edges (you may have to spin the model to
select these edges)

Pick

• Pick the Chamfer icon

• Enter < 0.25 > for the chamfer dimension in the Chamfer Tool
• Pick the checkmark in the Chamfer Tool to complete the feature
• The result is shown below
• Save the part
• Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 181

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 4: Create a round in 4455-004.

• Open the part called ‘4455-004.prt’

• Set the selection filter to Geometry
• Pick the edge shown in bold below

Pick the
edge here

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select

Round Edges in the popup menu
• Double pick the radius dimension and enter < 7 >
• Click the middle mouse button to complete the feature
• The result is shown below

Page 182 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Task 5: Create two holes in 4455-004.

• Be sure the selection filter is set to Geometry

• Select the surface of the part as shown below

Pick this surface

• Pick the Hole icon

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select
Secondary References Collector
• Pick the FRONT datum plane
• Press and hold the CTRL key and pick the
RIGHT datum plane
• In the Hole Tool select Through All for the
depth as shown

Use Through All for

the depth of the hole

• Double pick the locating dimension to the RIGHT datum plane and enter < 7.50 >
• Double pick the locating dimension to the FRONT datum plane and enter < 0 >
• Double pick the diameter dimension and enter < 12.25 >
• Pick the checkmark in the Hole Tool to complete the hole

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 183

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Repeat this task to create another hole on the opposite side of the RIGHT datum plane
• The result is shown below

Task 6: Create a chamfer in 4455-004.

• Be sure the selection filter is set to Geometry

• Pick one of the edges shown in bold below, then press and hold the CTRL key and
select the other edge for a total of 2 edges

Pick these
two edges

• Pick the Chamfer icon

• Double pick the dimension and enter < 1 > for the value
• Pick the checkmark in the Chamfer Tool to complete the feature
• The result is shown here

Page 184 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Task 7: Create a shell feature in 4455-004.

• Orient the model as shown below using the middle mouse button
• Be sure the selection filter is set to Geometry
• Select the part surface shown

Pick this surface

• Pick the Shell icon

• Double pick the dimension and enter < 1.5 > for
the wall thickness
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select
Non Default Thickness in the popup menu

• Pick the surface inside one of the holes and then

press and hold the CTRL key and pick inside
the other hole as shown below

Pick these
two surfaces

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 185

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Double pick the dimension at each hole and

enter < 0.75 > for the wall thickness
• Pick the checkmark in the Shell Tool to
complete the feature
• The result is shown here

Task 8: Create another hole in 4455-004.

• Set the selection filter to Datums

• Pick the datum axis shown below

A_2

A_3
A_1 Pick this axis
A_4

• Pick the Hole icon

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select
Secondary References Collector
• Pick this surface of the part

Page 186 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

• In the Hole Tool select Through All for the depth as shown below

Use Through All

for the depth

• Double pick the diameter dimension and enter < 12.50 >
• Pick the checkmark in the Hole Tool to complete the hole
• The result is shown below

Task 9: Create an extruded protrusion in 4455-004.

• Pick the Extrude icon

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 187

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick the small part surface shown for the sketch plane

• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box

• Pick one additional reference for the sketch as shown below
• Pick Close in the References dialog box
• Pick the Circle icon
• Draw a single circle as shown in bold below

RIGHT

FRONT

DTM1

Pick this edge to create

an additional reference
for the sketch

6.13

Page 188 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

• Pick the Select Mode icon

• Double pick the dimension and enter < 6.13 > for the value
• Pick the Done icon
• Pick the Flip icon in the Extrude Tool to flip the direction as shown below

Pick here to flip the direction

• Enter < 2.50 > for the depth in the Extrude Tool
• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the feature
• The part is shown below
• Save the part
• Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 189

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 10: Create a round in 4455-005.

• Open the part called ‘4455-005.prt’

• Set the selection filter to Geometry
• Pick the edge shown in bold below
Pick this edge

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select

Round Edges in the popup menu
• Double pick the radius dimension and enter < 7 >
• Click the middle mouse button to complete the feature
• The result is shown below

Page 190 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Task 11: Create a shell feature in 4455-005.

• Orient the model as shown below using the middle mouse button
• Be sure the selection filter is set to Geometry
• Select the part surface shown

Pick this surface

• Pick the Shell icon

• Double pick the dimension and enter < 1.5 > for the wall thickness
• Pick the checkmark in the Shell Tool to complete the feature
• The result is shown below

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 191

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 12: Create a hole in 4455-005.

• Be sure the selection filter is set to Geometry

• Select the surface of the part in the location shown below

Pick this
surface here

• Pick the Hole icon

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select
Secondary References Collector
• Pick the FRONT datum plane
• Press and hold the CTRL key and pick the
RIGHT datum plane
• In the Hole Tool select Through All for the
depth as shown

Use Through All for

the depth of the hole

• Double pick the locating dimension to the RIGHT datum plane and enter < 7 >
• Double pick the locating dimension to the FRONT datum plane and enter < 14 >

Page 192 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

• Double pick the diameter dimension and enter < 3.9 >
• Pick the checkmark in the Hole Tool to complete the hole
• The result is shown below

Task 13: Create a rib feature in 4455-005.

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation

• Pick the Wireframe Display icon on the top toolbar
• Pick the Rib icon
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu
• Pick Insert, Model Datum, Plane to create the sketch plane ‘on the fly’
• Set the selection filter to Datum Plane
• Pick the RIGHT datum plane
• Enter < 6 > in the Datum Plane tool for the offset value then pick OK
• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 193

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Select two additional references for the sketch as shown

• Pick Close in the References dialog box
• Sketch a single line as shown in bold below

FRONT

5.25

45

TOP

• Add the two dimensions and modify the values as shown above
• Pick the Done icon
• Enter < 1 > for the thickness in the Rib Tool
• Click the middle mouse button to complete the feature
• The result is shown below

Page 194 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

• In the model tree, notice the datum plane used for the sketch plane is automatically
hidden by the system

Notice the hidden

datum plane

Task 14: Create another rib feature in 4455-005.

• Pick the Rib icon

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu
• Pick Use Previous in the Sketch dialog box to use the previous sketching plane
• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 195

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Select two references for the sketch as shown below

• Pick Close in the References dialog box
• Sketch a single line in bold as shown below

Add two references

3.70

45
TOP

• Add the two dimensions and modify the values as shown above
• Pick the Done icon
• Enter < 1 > for the thickness in the Rib Tool
• Click the middle mouse button to complete the feature
• The result is shown below
• Save the part
• Close the window

Page 196 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Task 15: Create two holes in 4455-007.

• Open the part called ‘4455-007.prt’

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation, then spin the part over to the bottom
side as shown below using the middle mouse button
• Set the selection filter to Geometry, then pick the surface of the part as shown below

Pick this surface

• Pick the Hole icon

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select
Secondary References Collector
• Pick the FRONT datum plane
• Press and hold the CTRL key and pick the
RIGHT datum plane
• Double pick the locating dimension to the RIGHT datum plane and enter < 7.50 >
• Double pick the locating dimension to the FRONT datum plane and enter < 0 >
• Double pick the diameter dimension and enter < 10 >
• Double pick the depth dimension and enter < 0.50 >
• Pick the checkmark in the Hole Tool to complete the hole
• Repeat this task to create another hole on the
opposite side of the RIGHT datum plane
• The result is shown here
• Save the part and Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 197

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 16: Create a hole in 4455-009.

• Open the part called ‘4455-009.prt’

• Set the selection filter to Geometry
• Select the surface of the part in the location shown below

Pick this surface here

• Pick the Hole icon

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select
Secondary References Collector
• Pick the FRONT datum plane
• Press and hold the CTRL key and pick the
RIGHT datum plane
• In the Hole Tool select Through All for the depth
• Double pick the locating dimension to the RIGHT datum plane and enter < 10.50 >
• Double pick the locating dimension to the FRONT datum plane and enter < 11.50 >
• Double pick the diameter dimension and enter < 1.50 >
• Pick the checkmark in the Hole Tool to complete the hole
• The result is shown below
• Save the part
• Close the window

Page 198 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Blend and Sweep Features

Introduction
A Blend is a special type of extruded feature that uses two or more sketches to define the
geometry. These complex features are primarily used to create transitions between two shapes.
Many different types of blend features can be created.

A Sweep is a feature that drives a sketch along a path while creating the geometry. The path is
called the ‘trajectory’, which can be defined using a variety of techniques. Many different types
of sweep features can be created.

Blend and sweep features can add or remove material from the model. Some examples of blend
and sweep features are shown below.

Parts with Parts with

Blend Features Sweep Features

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 199

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Parallel Blend
A Parallel Blend consists of at least two sketches and creates a ‘transition’ in the part. Blend
features are extruded normal to the sketch plane and all the sketches are sketched on the same
sketching plane.

To create a parallel blend that adds material to the model, pick Insert, Blend, Protrusion. To
create a parallel blend that removes material from the model, pick Insert, Blend, Cut.

The system presents the Options menu as shown below. In this menu, pick Done.

Pick Insert, Blend, Protrusion

Pick Done in this menu

Page 200 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

The Blend Dialog Box

The Blend dialog box, shown below, is used to define the elements of the feature. Pick the
element then pick Define. After defining all the elements, pick OK to complete the feature.

Pick the element

then pick Define

Pick OK to
complete the feature

There are two types of parallel blends, Smooth and Straight. The
Smooth option connects the sketches with curved surfaces. The Straight
option connects the sketches using straight surfaces as shown below. Use
the small menu to select Straight or Smooth, then pick Done.

Straight Blend Smooth Blend

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 201

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Start Point and Direction Arrow

Each sketch of a blend includes a ‘start point’ and ‘direction arrow’. The system starts at the start
point, and numbers each vertex of the sketch in the direction of the direction arrow. The system
then connects the start point of each sketch and each subsequent vertex (similar to connect the
dots). Vertex 1 goes to vertex 1, vertex 2 goes to vertex 2, etc. etc. In the example below, two
rectangles have the start point and direction arrows in the same corner, going the same direction.
The resulting part is shown.

4 3
4 3

1 2
1 2

It is important that each start point is in the same relative location so the feature does not ‘twist’.
It is also important that each direction arrow is pointing in the same relative direction so the
feature does not ‘twist’. In the example below, two rectangles have the start point and direction
arrows in different corners, going the same direction. The resulting twisted part is shown.

4 3
3 2

4 1
1
2

Set the Start Point by selecting the vertex in the sketch first, then pick Sketch, Feature Tools,
Start Point. To reverse the direction of the arrow, use the command twice on the same vertex.

Set the start point by

picking the vertex in the
sketch then picking
Sketch, Feature Tools,
Start Point

Page 202 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Blend Vertex
Each sketch must have the same number of vertices. For sketches that do not have the required
number of vertices, a Blend Vertex is created to indicate two vertices converging into one. The
blend vertex looks like a small circle and counts as one extra vertex in the sketch. To create a
blend vertex, pick the vertex first then pick Sketch, Feature Tools, Blend Vertex. Multiple
blend vertices may be added to a single sketch. Multiple blend vertices may also be added to a
single vertex. A blend vertex cannot be added at the start point of a sketch.

In the example shown below, the rectangle and triangle have the start point and direction arrows
in the same relative corner, going the same direction, but the number of vertices is not equal. The
rectangle has four vertices and the triangle has three. The system cannot create this feature.

4 3
3 Create a blend
vertex by picking
the vertex in the
1 2 sketch then
picking Sketch,
1 2
Feature Tools,
Blend Vertex
Unequal Number
of Vertices

The triangle must have a blend vertex added to make the number of vertices equal. Pick the
vertex then pick Sketch, Feature Tools, Blend Vertex. In the example shown below, the blend
vertex is added at the top of the triangle. The resulting part is also shown below.

4 3
4 3

1 2

1 2

Equal Number of
Vertices The Result

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 203

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Toggle Section
Blend features require multiple sketches. Each is sketched on the same sketching plane. Only one
sketch can be ‘active’ at any given time, and the Sketch, Feature Tools, Toggle Section
command is used to ‘activate’ the desired sketch. The active sketch (section) is shown in the
default color, and the inactive sketches are shown in a dimmed gray color.

Pick Sketch, Feature

Tools, Toggle Section to
page through the sketches
in a blend feature

The steps for using the Toggle Section command are shown below.

Toggle

Step 1: Draw the Step 2: Pick Sketch, Step 3: Draw the

first sketch Feature Tools, second sketch
Toggle Section

Use the right mouse button

popup menu to access the
Toggle Section, Start Point,
and Blend Vertex
commands

Page 204 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

Sweep
A sweep feature requires two sections. The first section, called the trajectory, is the ‘path’ that
the second section follows to make the feature. The trajectory may be open or closed, and has a
start point and a direction arrow similar to a blend feature. Some examples of trajectories are
shown here.

Open Trajectory Closed Trajectory

The second section, called the section, is sketched at the start point and normal to the trajectory.
The start point points toward you when sketching the section. The system adds a vertical and
horizontal centerline at the start point of the trajectory in the section’s sketch. The system
‘sweeps’ the section along the trajectory to create the feature. The section is kept normal to
(perpendicular to) the trajectory as it is swept. Some examples of sweep features are shown here.

Open Trajectory Sweep Closed Trajectory Sweep

The section may not intersect itself while sweeping along arcs in the trajectory. Square corner
and spline trajectories that cause self-intersection are allowed.

Self-intersection is not permitted Self-intersection is permitted with a

around arcs in trajectory spline or square corner trajectory

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 205

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

To create a sweep that adds material to the model, pick Insert, Sweep, Protrusion. To create a
sweep that removes material from the model, pick Insert, Sweep, Cut.

The Insert menu is shown below.

Pick Insert, Sweep, Protrusion

Page 206 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

The Sweep Dialog Box

The Sweep dialog box, shown here, is used to define the
elements of the feature. After defining both the trajectory
and the section, pick OK to complete the feature.

Pick OK to complete the feature

Trajectory Options
The trajectory can be defined using one of two methods. The Sketch
Traj option uses the sketcher to define the trajectory. The Select Traj
option allows existing edges or curves to be selected to define the
trajectory.

When using the Select Traj option, the Chain menu is used to pick
model entities and set the Start Point of the trajectory.

When the ‘trajectory’ is a closed loop, the Attributes menu is used to

select the Add Inner Faces or No Inner Faces option. When using
Add Inner Faces, the ‘section’ must be an open loop. Examples of
each option are shown below.

No Inner Faces Sweep Add Inner Faces Sweep

Closed Trajectory Closed Trajectory
Closed Section Open Section

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 207

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 8 - BLEND AND SWEEP FEATURES

Task 1: Create a parallel blend feature in 4455-004.

• Open the part called ‘4455-004.prt’

• Orient the part as shown below using the middle mouse button
• Pick Insert, Blend, Cut
• Pick Done in the Blend Opts menu then pick Done in the Attributes menu

Select this surface for

the sketch plane

• Select the small surface of the part for the sketching plane as shown above
• Pick Okay for the direction or click the middle mouse button
• Pick Default for the orientation or click the middle mouse button
• Pick the edge shown below to create an additional reference for the sketch

Pick this edge

Page 208 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

• Pick Close the References dialog box

• Zoom in on the small circle at the top of the egg shape as shown below
• Sketch a circle as shown below
• Create two centerlines on 45 degree angles as shown below
• Add the dimensions and modify the values as shown below

45 45

2.00

• Pick the Divide icon

• Pick at each intersection of the circle and the angle centerlines (pick four places)
• The circle is now broken into four pieces as shown below
• Set the start point and direction arrow as shown below by picking the vertex in the
sketch then pick Sketch, Feature Tools, Start Point

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 209

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• If the direction arrow goes the opposite direction, repeat the command on the same
vertex
• Pick Sketch, Feature Tools, Toggle Section
• Notice the circle is now gray in color
• Sketch a rectangle, snapping the four corners onto the angled centerlines as shown
below

45 45

2.00

3.00

• Modify the dimension value as shown above

• Set the start point and direction arrow as shown above by picking the vertex in the
sketch then pick Sketch, Feature Tools, Start Point
• Pick the Done icon
• Read the message area, then pick Okay
• In the Depth menu, pick Thru Until, Done
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation

Page 210 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

• Pick this small surface of the part

• Pick OK in the dialog box

• The result is shown below

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 211

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 2: Create a sweep feature in 4455-004.

• Orient the part as shown below using the middle mouse button
• Pick Insert, Sweep, Cut
• Pick Select Traj in the Sweep Traj menu
• Pick Tangent Chain in the Chain menu
• Pick the edge on the inside of the shell as shown below

Select this edge for

the trajectory

• Pick Done in the Chain menu

• Pick Accept, Okay
• Locate the two centerlines added by the system,
then zoom in on the intersection between them
as shown here

Zoom in on this area

Page 212 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

• Sketch a rectangle as shown in bold below

• Modify the dimension values as shown below

The size of the rectangle is

exaggerated in this figure. Use
the dimension values shown. 1.50

0.75

• Pick the Done icon

• Read the message then pick Okay
• Pick OK in the dialog box to complete the feature
• The result is shown below
• Save the part
• Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 213

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 3: Create a sweep feature in 4455-005.

• Open the part called ‘4455-005.prt’

• Orient the part as shown below using the middle mouse button
• Pick Insert, Sweep, Protrusion
• Pick Select Traj in the Sweep Traj menu
• Pick Tangent Chain in the Chain menu
• Pick the edge on the inside of the shell as shown below

Select this edge for

the trajectory

• Pick Done in the Chain menu

• Pick Accept, Okay
• Locate the two centerlines added by the system,
then zoom in on the intersection between them
as shown here

Zoom in on this area

Page 214 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

• Sketch a rectangle as shown in bold below

• Modify the dimension values as shown below

The size of the rectangle is

exaggerated in this figure. Use
the dimension values shown.

1.50

0.75

• Pick the Done icon

• Pick OK in the dialog box to complete the feature
• The result is shown below
• Save the part
• Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 215

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 4: Create a sweep feature in 4455-007.

• Open the part called ‘4455-007.prt’

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Pick Insert, Sweep, Cut, then pick Sketch Traj in the Sweep Traj menu
• Pick the surface of the part shown below for the sketch plane

Pick this surface

for the sketch plane

• Pick Okay, Default

• Pick Close in the References dialog box
• Pick the Use Edge icon
• Pick the two edges shown in bold below

Pick these two edges

Page 216 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

• Add two horizontal lines as shown below

Create these two

horizontal lines

• Pick the Trim Corner icon

• Pick the lower arc and the lower horizontal line to extend the arc down to the line
• Pick the upper arc and the upper horizontal line to extend the arc up to the line
• Pick the Select Mode icon
• Pick the upper horizontal line then pick Edit, Delete or use the popup menu
• Pick the lower horizontal line then pick Edit, Delete or use the popup menu

In the sketcher, select an entity then press

and hold the right mouse button to access
the popup menu with shortcuts to common
commands such as Delete

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 217

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Add two vertical dimensions and modify the values as shown below
2.00

2.00

• Set the start point as shown above (select the vertex then use the popup menu)
• Pick the Done icon
• Pick Free Ends, Done in the small menu
• Locate the two centerlines added by the system, then zoom in on the intersection
between them as shown below

Zoom in on this area

Page 218 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 2

• Pick the 3-Point Arc icon

• Sketch the arc as shown below
• Add the tangency constraint as shown below
• Add the two dimensions and modify the values as shown below

7.00
1.54

• Pick the Done icon

• Read the message then pick Flip, Okay in the small menu
• Pick OK in the dialog box
• The result is shown below
• Save the part
• Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 219

Section 2 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

ADDITIONAL EXERCISES
The following exercises are recommended and can be found in Appendix A:

• Exercise 27 – Datum Curves

• Exercise 28 – Holes
• Exercise 29 – Blend Feature
• Exercise 30 – Sweep Feature

REVIEW QUESTIONS
Answer the following questions.

1. What command is used to update the model after editing a dimension value?
2. What is different about datum planes created ‘on the fly’?
3. List five uses for datum planes.
4. List five uses for datum axes.
5. How is the display of datum ‘name tags’ controlled?
6. Explain the term ‘right hand coordinate system’.
7. What is a datum curve?
8. What does the Hide command do?
9. Name a feature that can both add and remove material.
10. What is a ‘rib’ feature?
11. What is a ‘shell’ feature?
12. (True or False) The sketch of a rib must be open.
13. What is a ‘standard’ hole?
14. What is a ‘sketched’ hole?
15. What is a ‘round’ feature?
16. What is the minimum number of sketches required when creating a blend feature?
17. What is the difference between a ‘straight’ and ‘smooth’ blend feature?
18. What is the first section of a sweep feature called?
19. What does the start point and direction arrow do in a blend feature?
20. What does a ‘blend vertex’ do?

Page 220 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Section 3

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 221

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Page 222 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Mirror Features

Introduction
Features in a part can be ‘mirrored’ to create copies of the original features. The original feature
is mirrored ‘about’ or ‘across’ a planar surface or datum plane that acts as a mirror. An example
is shown below.

RIGHT

Features on one end of the part are mirrored about the RIGHT datum plane

Select the feature(s) to be mirrored first, then pick Edit, Mirror or pick the icon shown above.
The Mirror Tool is used to mirror features and is shown below.

When mirroring datum

features, add this checkmark
to hide the original feature

When mirroring solids and

surfaces, remove this
checkmark to mirror the
feature independently

Done
Quit
COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 223
Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Facts About Mirror Features

There are several important facts about mirroring features:

• The sketch of the feature does not mirror. This means the
sketch for the mirrored feature is in the location of the
original feature. This is confusing to users who did not
create the model or are otherwise not aware of this
behavior.
• The mirrored feature is a child of the plane it is mirrored
about.
• Additional references cannot be made when redefining
the sketch of a feature that has a dependent mirrored
copy.
• The mirrored feature is listed in the model tree as shown.
• By default, features are mirrored as ‘dependent’ copies.
This means that the mirrored feature is a child of the
original feature. The mirrored feature has shared
dimensions and is driven by the original feature. Either
feature can be edited and both will automatically update.
• Features can be mirrored as ‘independent’ copies by
removing the checkmark in the Options panel of the
Mirror Tool as shown on the previous page.

Note

Dependent features can be made independent by

selecting the feature then using the right mouse
button popup menu as shown below.

Select the feature then pick

Make Sec Indep in the right
mouse button popup menu

Page 224 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

EXERCISE 9 – MIRROR FEATURES

Goal

The goal of this exercise is to become familiar with mirroring features.

Task 1: Mirror a feature and create a chamfer in 4455-002.

• Open the part called ‘4455-002.prt’

• Pick the feature called Extrude 2 in the model tree
• Pick the Mirror icon
• Pick the FRONT datum plane in the model tree
• Pick the checkmark in the Mirror Tool
• Create a chamfer similar to page 181 on the
mirrored cut
• The completed part is shown here
• Save the part
• Close the window

Task 2: Mirror the ribs in 4455-005.

• Open the part called ‘4455-005.prt’

• Pick the Group Rib 1 and the Rib 2 features in the model tree
• Pick the Mirror icon
• Pick the RIGHT datum plane in the model tree

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 225

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick the checkmark in the Mirror Tool

• The part is shown here
• Save the part
• Close the window

Task 3: Mirror the cut in 4455-007.

• Open the part called ‘4455-007.prt’

• Pick the Cut feature in the model tree
• Pick the Mirror icon
• Pick the RIGHT datum plane in the model tree
• Pick the checkmark in the Mirror Tool
• The completed part is shown here
• Save the part
• Close the window

Task 4: Mirror the cut in 4455-027. This part is in the labs folder.

• Open the part called ‘4455-027.prt’

• Pick the Cut feature in the model tree
• Pick the Mirror icon
• Pick the RIGHT datum plane in the model tree
• Pick the checkmark in the Mirror Tool
• The result is shown here

Page 226 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

• Pick the original cut in the model tree again

• Pick Edit in the right mouse button popup menu
• Double pick the 10 dimension, then enter < 5 > for the new value
• Pick the Regenerate icon
• Notice both cuts update
• Set the selection filter to Features
• Pick the mirrored cut (not the original cut) in the graphics window
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Make Sec Indep in the popup menu
• Read the message in the message area
• Pick the original cut in the model tree again
• Pick Edit in the right mouse button popup menu
• Double pick the 5 dimension, then enter < 10 > for the new value
• Pick the Regenerate icon
• Notice only the original cut updates as shown below
• Save the part
• Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 227

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Patterns

Introduction
Patterns are a method to copy features in a repeating manner. The original feature is called the
‘leader’ of the pattern, and the members of the pattern are called ‘instances’. Select the features
to be patterned first, then pick Edit, Pattern or pick the icon shown above.
There are many different types of patterns as listed below.

Dimension The feature is patterned using its locating dimensions to define the
directions for the pattern.
Direction The feature is patterned in a linear manner using a planar surface, straight
edge or curve, axis, or coordinate system to define the directions for the
pattern. The feature does not need locating dimensions to define the
pattern directions. This functionality allows an existing pattern to be
patterned.
Axis The feature is patterned in a radial manner using an existing axis to define
the center of the pattern.
Fill The feature is patterned within a sketched region using a variety of pre-
defined pattern styles.
Table The feature is patterned using a table to define the location of each
instance in the pattern. Pro/TABLE is used to edit the pattern table and is
similar to a spreadsheet tool.
Reference The feature is patterned by following an existing pattern. The feature must
reference the leader of the original pattern.

Dimensional Patterns Table Driven Pattern Fill Pattern

Page 228 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Dimensional Patterns
Dimensional patterns are the most common type of pattern. Existing features are patterned by
selecting the dimensions that locate the feature, and entering an increment value. The increment
is the spacing between the instances of the pattern. The number of members is specified
including the original feature. Features can be patterned in one direction or two directions, and
one or more dimension can be selected for each direction.

Examples of dimensional patterns are shown below. In each case, the original feature is shown in
bold.

Leader of the pattern

Instances

nd
2 Direction
Members = 3
st
1 Direction
Members = 4
1.50 1.25

Locating dim st
1 Direction
Increment dim Members = 4

One Direction Linear Pattern Two Direction Linear Pattern

15

Locating dim
45 Increment dim
st
1 Direction

Members = 8

One Direction Radial Pattern

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 229

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Positive Direction
When patterning a feature, it is important to know the positive direction of the locating
dimensions. The positive direction of a locating dimension is determined by starting at the
reference and going to the feature.

In the example shown below, the hole is dimensioned from the FRONT datum plane, and the
positive direction of the horizontal dimension is to the right. To pattern the hole towards the left,
a negative increment value must be used.

This is the reference

FRONT
∅ 0.40
This is the feature

Positive

1.00
TOP

1.00
Negative

Negative
The positive direction of the
Positive
locating dimension is defined:
From the reference to the feature

FRONT

In this example, the

increment value is negative
TOP

Page 230 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Positive Direction (continued)

In the example shown below, the hole is dimensioned from the surface of the part, and the
positive direction of the horizontal dimension is to the left. To pattern the hole towards the left, a
positive increment value must be used.

Negative

FRONT
∅ 0.40

1.00

Positive

TOP This is the reference

This is the feature

1.00
The positive direction of the
locating dimension is defined: Positive Negative
From the reference to the feature

FRONT

In this example,
the increment
value is positive
TOP

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 231

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

The Pattern Tool

To pattern a feature, pick the feature then pick the Pattern icon shown above. The Pattern Tool
is used to create all types of patterns. The Pattern Tool for dimensional patterns is shown below.
Use the right mouse button popup menu for shortcuts while selecting the pattern dimensions.

The pattern increment

dimensions are listed here

Use the Dimensions panel to

add or remove dimensions
from the pattern

Enter a name for the pattern

in the Properties panel

Done
The number of instances
in each direction are Quit
entered here

Use this pull-down

menu to select the
type of pattern you
want to create
Use the right mouse
button popup menu
for shortcuts

Page 232 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Pattern Options
Dimensional patterns can be created using any of three options: Identical, Varying, and
General. Use the Options panel in the Pattern Tool to select the appropriate option as shown
below.

Identical Each pattern instance is identical to the leader. All pattern instances must
be: equal in size; placed on the same placement surface; intersect any and
all other features the same way as the leader; not intersect any other
instance of the same pattern, and cannot run off the end of the part.
Identical patterns regenerate the fastest of the three types of patterns.
Varying Pattern instances can be placed on different surfaces and vary in size, may
intersect other surfaces and features, but cannot intersect any other
instance of the same pattern, and cannot run off the end of the part.
General There are no restrictions for general patterns, but are the slowest to
regenerate of the three types of patterns.

Use the Options panel to

select Identical, Varying,
or General

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 233

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Reference Pattern
A ‘reference pattern’ is a pattern that follows another pattern. After creating a feature that
references the leader of an existing pattern, the Pattern Tool is used to create the reference
pattern.

Set the type of pattern to Reference here

An example of a reference pattern is shown below.

Step 1: Create a feature. Step 2: Pattern the feature.

Step 3: Create a feature that Step 4: Pattern the feature

references the leader of the pattern. using a reference pattern.

Page 234 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Table Driven Patterns

Patterns can be driven by location tables. These patterns are called table driven patterns. The
Pattern Tool is used when creating table driven patterns and is shown below. The table editor is
called Pro/TABLE, and is described on the next page.

Use the Tables panel to manipulate

tables used in the pattern

Press and hold the right mouse

button for the popup menu

Use the Table Dimensions

panel to add or remove
dimensions from the table
Press and hold the right
mouse button for
the popup menu

Pick Table in this

pull-down menu Pick here to edit
the current table
Use this pull-down using Pro/TABLE
to set the current (see the next page)
table when using
multiple tables
Use the right mouse
button popup menu
to re-show the
features dimensions

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 235

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Pro/TABLE
Pro/TABLE is used to create and edit pattern tables. Click in a cell and enter the appropriate
value. The column widths can be easily changed by dragging the appropriate header, similar to
common Windows applications. The Edit menu includes a Swap command allowing columns
and rows to be rearranged in the table. Rows starting with the ‘!’ character cannot be edited.

Resize the columns

by dragging the
header here

The Edit menu includes

commands such as Sort
and Swap

Do not edit
this row

Example of Table Driven Pattern

Page 236 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Working with Patterns

Modifying Patterns
The increment value and the number of members in a pattern can be modified using the Edit
command. Double pick any member of the pattern, then double pick any locating dimension,
increment dimension, or member note. After entering new values, Regenerate the part.

Redefining Patterns
To redefine a pattern, pick the pattern in the model tree then press and hold the right mouse
button and select Edit Definition in the popup menu. The Pattern Tool is displayed, and you
can change the type, style, and dimensions used for the pattern.

Deleting Patterns
To delete the instances of the pattern but not the original feature, pick the pattern in the model
tree then press and hold the right mouse button and select Delete Pattern in the popup menu. If
the Delete command is used on any pattern member, the entire pattern including the original
feature is deleted.

In the Model Tree

In the model tree, patterns are shown nested under
the name of the pattern as shown below. Pick the
‘+’ sign to expand the pattern to see all the members
in the model tree.

In the model tree, patterns

are listed under the name
of the pattern

Use the popup menu to

delete or redefine the pattern

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 237

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 10 – PATTERNS

Goal

The goal of this exercise is to become familiar with patterns.

Task 1: Create a two-direction pattern in 4455-004.

• Open the part called ‘4455-004.prt’

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Turn off the display of the datum planes A_5

• Turn on the display of the datum axes

• Set the selection filter to Datums
A_4
A_1
• Pick the axis shown here
• Pick the Pattern icon A_3

A_2
• Pick the 10.5 dimension
• Enter < –21 > in the text box
• Press and hold the right mouse button
and select Direction 2 Dimensions in
the popup menu
• Pick the 11.5 dimension
• Enter < –30.5 > in the text box A_5
• Pick the checkmark in the Pattern
Tool to complete the pattern A_7
• The result is shown here A_4
A_1
• Save the part
A_3 A_8
• Close the window A_2

A_6

Page 238 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Task 2: Create a two-direction pattern in 4455-005.

• Open the part called ‘4455-005.prt’

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Turn off the display of the datum planes
• Turn on the display of the datum axes
• Set the selection filter to Datums
• Pick the axis shown here
• Pick the Pattern icon
A_2
• Pick the 10.5 dimension
A_1
• Enter < –21 > in the text box
• Press and hold the right mouse button
and select Direction 2 Dimensions in
the popup menu
• Pick the 11.5 dimension
• Enter < –30.5 > in the text box
• Pick the checkmark in the Pattern Tool to complete the pattern
• The result is shown below

A_4

A_5
A_2
A_1

A_3

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 239

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 3: Create a one-direction pattern in 4455-005.

• Turn off the display of the datum axes

• Set the selection filter to Features
• Pick this hole
• Press and hold the right mouse
button and select Pattern in the
popup menu
• Pick the 7 dimension
• Enter < –7 > in the text box
• In the Pattern Tool, enter < 3 > for
the number of instances in the
pattern as shown below

• Pick the checkmark in the Pattern Tool to complete the pattern

• The result is shown below
• Save the part
• Close the window

Page 240 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Task 4: Create a two-direction pattern in 4455-009.

• Open the part called ‘4455-009.prt’

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Set the selection filter to Features
• Pick this hole
• Press and hold the right mouse
button and select Pattern in the
popup menu
• Pick the 10.5 dimension
• Enter < –21 > in the text box
• Press and hold the right mouse button
and select Direction 2 Dimensions in
the popup menu
• Pick the 11.5 dimension
• Enter < –30.5 > in the text box
• Click the middle mouse button to complete the pattern
• The result is shown below
• Save the part
• Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 241

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 5: Create a new part. This is a practice part.

• Pick File, New or pick the New icon

• Enter < 4455-021 > for the name of the new part then pick OK in the dialog box
• Pick the Extrude icon
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu
• Pick the TOP datum plane for the sketch plane
• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box
• Pick Close in the References dialog box
• Sketch a rectangle as shown below
• Modify the dimension values as shown below

40.00

V V 20.00

FRONT H

RIGHT

Page 242 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

• After completing the sketch, pick the Done icon

• Enter < 4 > for the depth in the Extrude Tool
• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the feature
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Pick the Extrude icon
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu
• Pick this surface of the part for the sketch plane
• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box
• Pick Close in the References dialog box
• Sketch and dimension two circles as shown in bold below
• Modify the dimension values as shown below

4.00

5.00
6.00

7.50

• After completing the sketch, pick the Done icon

• Enter < 1 > for the depth in the Extrude Tool
• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the feature

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 243

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation

• The result is shown here
• Set the selection filter to Features
• Pick the circular protrusion
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select
Pattern in the popup menu
• Pick the 7.5 dimension
• Enter < 12 > in the text box
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Direction 2 Dimensions in the
popup menu
• Pick the 5.00 dimension
• Enter < 10 > in the text box
• In the Pattern Tool, enter < 3 > for the number of instances in the first direction and
enter < 2 > for the number of instances in the second direction as shown below

• Pick the checkmark in the Pattern Tool to complete the pattern

• The part is shown below

Page 244 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Task 6: Create a hole on the leader of the pattern.

• Turn on the display of the datum axes

• Turn off the display of the datum planes
• Set the selection filter to Datums
• Pick this axis

• Pick the Hole icon

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select
Secondary References Collector in the popup
• Pick the top surface of the part for the reference plane as shown
• In the Hole Tool, set the depth to Through All as shown below

Use Through All

for the depth

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 245

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Enter < 2 > for the diameter of the hole in the Hole Tool
• Pick the checkmark in the Hole Tool to complete the feature
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Pattern in the popup menu
• Notice the type of pattern is automatically set to Reference in the Pattern Tool
• Click the middle mouse button to complete the pattern
• The completed part is shown below
• Save the part
• Close the window

Task 7: Create a radial pattern in 4455-022. This is another practice part.

• Open the part called ‘4455-022.prt’ from the ‘labs’ folder

• Turn on the display of the datum planes and the datum axes
• Set the selection filter to Features

Page 246 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

• Pick the small hole then press and hold the right mouse button and select Pattern in
the popup menu
• Pick the 30° angle dimension
• Enter < 45 > in the text box
• In the Pattern Tool, enter < 8 > for the number of instances in the pattern as shown
below

• Pick the checkmark in the Pattern Tool to complete the pattern

• The part is shown below
• Save the part
• Close the window

Task 8: Create a table driven pattern in 4455-023. This is another practice part.

• Open the part called ‘4455-023.prt’ from the ‘labs’ folder

• Pick the small hole then press and hold the right mouse button and select Pattern in
the popup menu
• In the Pattern Tool, pick Table in the pull-down menu
• Pick the 3.00 dimension then press and hold the CTRL key and pick the 2.00
dimension and the 1.00 dimension

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 247

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick Edit in the Pattern Tool, then fill in each cell of the table as shown below

Do not edit
this row

• After completing the table, pick File, Exit in the Pro/TABLE editor
• Pick the checkmark in the Pattern Tool to complete the pattern
• The part is shown below
• Save the part
• Close the window

Page 248 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Feature Manipulation

Introduction
Designs often change during the engineering development process. It is common to change the
design intent of a part because of a manufacturing process or customer input. Trying different
design iterations can also cause changes to the part.

Pro/ENGINEER provides a powerful set of tools to manipulate existing models. These include
the following commands:

Edit Definition Change the original definition of the feature. All elements of the feature
can be redefined: Type, Sketch, Depth, Direction, Material Side, etc. This
command is commonly called Redefine.
Edit References Change the references (the parents) of the feature. This is a ‘parent
auction’ where each parent can be substituted with an eligible replacement.
This command is commonly called Reroute.
Reorder Change the order of the feature’s creation. The model tree shows the order
in which the features were created.
Insert Mode Go back in time, to create features before other existing features were
created.
Suppress Temporarily remove the feature from the model. If the feature has
children, they must also be suppressed or otherwise handled. Suppressed
features are not displayed in the model, and they do not regenerate.
Resume This is the un-suppress command. Features that are suppressed can be
returned to the model using the Resume command.
Delete Permanently remove the selected feature from the model. If the feature has
children, they must also be deleted or otherwise handled. If you delete a
feature by mistake, use the Edit, Undo command.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 249

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Note

Every feature in any given part can be completely changed and still be the
same feature, without deleting it and starting over. It is not the goal
however, to always do that. Sometimes it is easier to delete the feature
and create it again. This decision is based on several factors: the design
intent, the stability of the feature's parents, the number of children the
feature has, the extent of the proposed change to the feature, and your
skill level with Pro/ENGINEER. These are not set rules, and can be best
learned through practice.

Parent Child Relationships

In Pro/ENGINEER models, features are created in a chronological order. Each new feature
references some older existing feature or features. This reference is called a ‘parent-child’
relationship. These relationships are created every time a feature is created. A feature is
‘dependent’ on its parents to exist. For example, a hole is placed on a surface of the part and
becomes a ‘child’ of the feature that owns that surface.

All features, except the three default datum planes and the default coordinate system, have
parents. Not all features have children. The parent must be listed before the child in the model
tree.

The extrude is the

parent of the hole

The hole is the

child of the extrude

The hole cannot exist

without the extrude
The parent must be
listed before the child
in the model tree

Parent Child Relationships

Page 250 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Edit Definition
The Edit Definition command is used to change the definition of existing features. This
command is commonly called Redefine. All the elements of the feature can be redefined. For
example, an extruded cut with the depth element set to Blind can be redefined to Through All.

Note

After using the Edit Definition command, the system automatically

regenerates the model.

Redefine

Use Edit Definition to change the Dimensioning Scheme

Redefine

Use Edit Definition to change the Depth from Blind to Through All

Redefine

Use Edit Definition to change the Protrusion into a Cut

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 251

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Edit Definition (continued)

To redefine a feature, set the selection filter to Features,
pick the feature in the graphics window, then press and
hold the right mouse button and select Edit Definition in
the popup menu as shown.

Pick Edit Definition

in the right mouse
button popup menu to
change the definition
of the selected feature

In the model tree, select the feature, then press and hold the right mouse button and select Edit
Definition in the popup menu as shown below.

In the model tree, pick the

feature, then press and hold
the right mouse button and
select Edit Definition

Page 252 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Edit References
Every feature has references, which are called parents. The Edit References command is used to
change the parents of existing features. This command is commonly called Reroute. This is a
‘parent auction’ where each parent can be substituted with an eligible replacement.

Each parent can be replaced following these two rules:

• The new parent must be earlier in the feature list (higher in the model tree) than the
feature being rerouted. The parent must come before the child.
• The new parent must be the same type of reference; if the original reference was an
axis, it must be a replaced with another axis.

Note

After using the Edit References command, the system automatically

regenerates the model.

Reroute Reroute

Use Edit References to change the Chamfer’s Edges

Reroute

Use Edit References to change the Hole’s Surfaces

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 253

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Edit References (continued)

To reroute a feature, set the selection filter to Features,
pick the feature in the graphics window, then press and
hold the right mouse button and select Edit References in
the popup menu as shown below.

Pick Edit References

in the right mouse
button popup menu to
change the parents of
the selected feature

In the model tree, pick the feature, then press and hold the right mouse button and select Edit
References in the popup menu as shown below.

In the model tree, pick the

feature, then press and hold
the right mouse button and
select Edit References

Page 254 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Roll Back the Model

After selecting the Edit References command, the system asks the following question:

Do you want to roll back the model?

‘Roll back’ means ‘go back to the point in time at which the feature was created’ to perform the
reroute. Answer ‘Yes’ to this question so that only eligible features are visible and selectable
during the reroute process. When the reroute is complete, the system automatically ‘rolls
forward’ to the end of the model’s feature list and regenerates the model.

The Reroute Menu

The Edit References command is used to change the parents of the selected feature. Each parent
is highlighted in the graphics window, one at a time, and you select the new reference. If you
want to use the existing parent, pick Same Ref in the Reroute menu. The Reroute menu is
shown below.

When using the Edit References

command, pick Same Ref
to use the existing reference

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 255

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Reorder
The order in which features were created can be changed. Changing the order of features can
significantly alter the geometry of the model as shown below.

In the model tree, pick a feature and press and hold the left mouse button and drag it to a new
location as shown below. A feature cannot be reordered before any of its parents.

Pick the feature in the model tree

and drag it to a new location

Reorder

Use Reorder to change the geometry of the part

Page 256 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Insert Mode
When features are created, they are always inserted into the model tree just above the Insert
Here marker. The marker can be moved up the list by dragging it with the left mouse button.
When this is done, the system displays a note in the lower right corner of the graphics window as
shown below to indicate you are in ‘Insert Mode’. When working in Insert Mode, features are
created before existing features. This can cause significant changes to the geometry of the model.

Features are created above the

Insert Here marker

Drag the Insert Here marker

up in the model tree to
enter Insert Mode

INSERT MODE

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 257

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Suppress
The Suppress command temporarily removes the selected feature from the model. If the feature
has children, they must also be suppressed, rerouted, or deleted. Suppressed features are not
displayed in the model, and they do not regenerate.

Reasons to suppress features include:

• To simplify the model.
• To speed regeneration time by suppressing unnecessary features.
• To try alternate design options by suppressing a feature and creating another in its
place.
• To aid in feature construction by suppressing features you do not want to reference.
• To reduce the file size for e-mail or disk transfer. Suppressing all the features in a part
greatly reduces the file size. The recipient of the file resumes all the features and then
saves the part.

To suppress a feature, set the selection filter to Features, pick the feature in the graphics window
or the model tree, then press and hold the right mouse button and select Suppress in the popup
menu. Suppressed features are indicated in the model tree using a different icon as shown below.

Pick Suppress in the

right mouse button
popup menu

In the model tree,

suppressed features are
shown with a small box
before the feature’s name

Page 258 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Suppress (continued)
A feature cannot exist if any one of its parents is suppressed. Because of this, when you suppress
a feature that has children, you normally want to suppress the children as well. You can,
however, choose to reroute the children using the Options button in the Suppress dialog box as
shown below.

Pick OK to suppress Pick Options to access

the selected feature the Children Handling
and all its children dialog box shown below

Pick Cancel to abort the

Suppress command

Use this pull down

menu and select
Suspend to fail the
selected child feature
when its turn comes in
the regeneration list,
then Reroute the child
feature to new parents

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 259

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Resume
The Resume command returns suppressed features to the model. This is the un-suppress
command. Pick Edit, Resume to resume suppressed features. This command has three options as
shown below.

Selected Resume the selected feature. The suppressed feature must be

selected in the model tree or the search tool.
Last Resume the last set of features that were suppressed. The
order that features were suppressed can be displayed in the
model tree as shown below.
All Resume all suppressed features.

The model tree can be configured to show the Status of the features as shown below. When this
is done, the Status column shows the suppression order in parenthesis. The Edit, Resume, Last
command resumes only the features with the highest suppression number. See page 15 for details
about configuring the model tree.

When the Status column is

displayed in the model tree,
the order that features were
suppressed is listed in
parenthesis as shown here

Page 260 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Delete
The Delete command permanently removes the selected feature from the model. If the feature
has children, they must also be deleted, suppressed, or rerouted. If you delete a feature by
mistake, use the Edit, Undo command.

To delete a feature, set the selection filter to Features, pick the feature in the graphics window or
the model tree, then press and hold the right mouse button and select Delete in the popup menu.

Pick Delete in the right

mouse button popup menu

When you delete a feature that has children, the children must be handled similar to when a
feature is suppressed.

Pick OK to delete Pick Options to access the

the selected feature Children Handling dialog
and all its children box, shown on page 259
Pick Cancel to abort
the Delete command

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 261

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 11 - FEATURE MANIPULATION

Goal

The goal of this exercise is to become familiar with manipulating features.

Task 1: Redefine several features in 4455-024.

• Open the part called ‘4455-024.prt’ from the ‘labs’ folder

• Set the selection filter to Features
• Pick the cut feature as shown below

Pick this feature

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Edit Definition in the popup menu

Pick Edit Definition

in the right mouse
button popup menu

Page 262 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

• Set the depth to Through All in the Extrude Tool as shown below

Pick this depth option

• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the redefine

• The result is shown below, notice the cut goes all the way through the part
• Be sure the selection filter is set to Features
• Pick the small protrusion as shown below

Pick this feature

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Edit Definition in the popup menu
• Pick the remove material icon

• Flip the direction by picking here

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 263

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the redefine

• The result is shown below, notice the feature is now a cut

• Be sure the selection filter is set to Features

• Pick the hole feature
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Edit Definition in the popup menu
• Change the fastener size to 1/2-13 as shown below

Pick 1/2-13 in this

pull down menu

• Pick the checkmark in the Hole Tool to complete the redefine

• The result is shown below, notice the hole note is updated

Page 264 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

• Be sure the selection filter is set to Features

• Pick the round feature as shown below

Pick this feature

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Edit Definition in the popup menu
• Press and hold the CTRL key and pick the three edges shown in bold below

Pick one hidden

edge here

Pick these
two edges
0.200

• Pick the checkmark in the Round Tool to complete the redefine

• The result is shown below
• Save the part
• Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 265

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 2: Create a hole in 4455-004.

• Open the part called ‘4455-004.prt’

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Set the selection filter to Geometry
• Select the surface of the part in the location shown below

Pick this surface here

• Pick the Hole icon

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select
Secondary References Collector
• Pick the FRONT datum plane
• Press and hold the CTRL key and pick the
RIGHT datum plane
• In the Hole Tool select Through All for the
depth as shown

Use Through All for

the depth of the hole

• Double pick the locating dimension to the RIGHT datum plane and enter < 11 >
• Double pick the locating dimension to the FRONT datum plane and enter < 11 >

Page 266 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

• Double pick the diameter dimension and enter < 3.3 >
• Pick the checkmark in the Hole Tool to complete the hole
• The result is shown below

Task 3: Reorder the hole before the shell.

• Orient the part as shown above on the right

• In the model tree, drag the last
Hole up the list and drop it just
above the Shell feature as shown
below
• The result is shown below, notice
the ‘boss’ around the small hole

Drag the last Hole

up the list and drop
it above the Shell

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 267

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 4: Redefine the shell feature to change the thickness of the new boss.

• Set the selection filter to Features

• Pick the Shell feature in the model tree
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select
Edit Definition in the popup menu
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select
Non Default Thickness in the popup menu
• Press and hold the CTRL key and select the
cylindrical surface inside the small hole as
shown below
• Double pick the new thickness dimension and enter < 0.75 >

Use CTRL to pick this

cylindrical surface

Page 268 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

• Pick the checkmark in the Shell Tool to complete the redefine

• The result is shown below, notice the boss around the small hole is thinner

• Save the part

• Close the window

Task 5: Insert a feature into 4455-005.

• Open the part called ‘4455-005.prt’

• Drag the Insert Here marker up in
the model tree as shown below
(between the round and the shell)

Drag the Insert Here

marker as shown here

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 269

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Set the selection filter to Geometry

• Select the surface of the part in the location shown below

Pick this surface here

• Pick the Hole icon

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select
Secondary References Collector
• Pick the FRONT datum plane
• Press and hold the CTRL key and pick the
RIGHT datum plane
• In the Hole Tool select Through All for the
depth as shown

Use Through All for

the depth of the hole

• Double pick the locating dimension to the RIGHT datum plane and enter < 0 >
• Double pick the locating dimension to the FRONT datum plane and enter < 32 >
• Double pick the diameter dimension and enter < 2 >
• Pick the checkmark in the Hole Tool to complete the hole

Page 270 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

• The result is shown below

• Drag the Insert Here marker to the bottom

of the model tree as shown below
• The result is shown below
• Read the messages in the message area

WARNING: PROTRUSION is entirely inside the model;

model unchanged.

Drag the Insert Here

marker to the bottom
of the model tree

Carefully examine your part

here … is something missing?

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 271

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 6: Redefine the swept protrusion.

• In the model tree, select the last protrusion as shown below, then press and hold the
right mouse button and select Edit Definition in the popup menu

Note

Redefining this feature is necessary

because the new hole interrupted
the tangent chain that was used as
the trajectory for this swept
protrusion.

Select this protrusion, then press

and hold the right mouse button
and select Edit Definition

• In the dialog box, pick Section then pick Define

• Pick Sketch in the small menu
• Zoom in closely on the small rectangle
• Double pick the 1.50 dimension and enter < –1.50 >
• Pick the Done icon
• Pick OK in the dialog box
• The result is shown here
• Save the part
• Close the window

Page 272 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Task 7: Reorder and reroute features in 4455-008.

• Open the part called ‘4455-008.prt’

• In the model tree, drag the DTM1 datum plane up the list and drop it just above the
first Extrude feature as shown below

Drag the DTM1

datum plane up the
list and drop it above
the Extrude 1 feature

• In the model tree, pick the first Revolve feature as shown below, then press and hold
the right mouse button and select Edit References in the popup menu

Pick this Revolve feature,

then press and hold the
right mouse button and
select Edit References

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 273

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick Yes to answer the question

• Read the prompt in the message area

• Pick DTM1 for the new sketch plane
• Read the prompt in the message area
• Pick Same Ref in the small menu
• Read the prompt in the message area
• Pick Same Ref in the small menu
• Read the prompt in the message area
• Pick Same Ref in the small menu
• Read the message in the message area
• The result is shown below

FRONT

RIGHT
TOP
DTM1

Page 274 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

• In the model tree, pick the second Revolve feature as shown below, then press and
hold the right mouse button and select Edit References in the popup menu

Pick this Revolve feature,

then press and hold the
right mouse button and
select Edit References

• Pick Yes to answer the question

• Read the prompt in the message area
• Pick DTM1 for the new sketch plane
• Read the prompt in the message area
• Pick Same Ref in the small menu
• Read the prompt in the message area
• Pick Same Ref in the small menu
FRONT
• Read the prompt in the message area
• Pick Same Ref in the small menu
• Read the message in the message area
• The result is shown here

RIGHT
TOP
DTM1

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 275

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 8: Pattern the datum, protrusion, cut, and round in 4455-008.

• In the model tree, pick the DTM1 datum plane

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Pattern
• Pick the 7.00 dimension
• Enter < –7 > for the increment value
• Enter < 3 > for the number of members in the Pattern Tool
• Pick the checkmark in the Pattern Tool to complete the pattern
• In the model tree, pick the Revolve 1 feature
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Pattern
• Click the middle mouse button to complete the reference pattern
• In the model tree, pick the Revolve 2 feature
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Pattern
• Click the middle mouse button to complete the reference pattern
• In the model tree, pick the Round 2 feature (the last round in the model tree)
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Pattern
• The completed part is shown below
• Save the part FRONT

• Close the window

DTM3

DTM2
TOP

DTM1

Page 276 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Task 9: Suppress and resume features in 4455-024.

• Open the part called ‘4455-024.prt’ from the ‘labs’ folder

• Set the selection filter to Features
• Pick the hole as shown below, then press and hold the right mouse button and select
Suppress in the popup menu

Pick the hole

• Pick OK in the Suppress dialog box

• The result is shown, notice that
only the hole was suppressed

Pick the cut

• Pick the cut feature as shown above,

then press and hold the right mouse
button and select Suppress in the
popup menu, then pick OK in the
Suppress dialog box
• The result is shown, notice that the
cut and the round were suppressed,
do you know why?
• Pick Edit, Resume, All
• Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 277

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Detail Drawings

Introduction
In Pro/ENGINEER, detail drawings are a by-product or deliverable of the model. Creating
drawings is easy, because most of the work has already been done in the model. Drawings are
necessary when direct manufacturing and inspection using the computer model is not practical or
possible.

Drawings are made of part or assembly models. Drawings are separate objects that reference (are
dependent upon) the models. The drawing cannot exist without the model. Views of the model
are placed on the drawing. A variety of view types can be placed on the drawing. Multiple sheets
are contained within a single drawing. The drawing also references the format, which is a
separate object that contains the title block and border of the drawing as shown below.

The Model
The Format
The drawing The drawing
references the model. references the format.

When the model When the format

changes the changes the
drawing updates drawing updates
automatically. automatically.

The Drawing

Page 278 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

The User Interface

In detail drawings, the user interface includes additional information displayed across the bottom
of the graphics window as shown below.

Many icons are available when

working with detail drawings

Number of sheets
Drawing size
Name of the active model
Type of the active model
Sheet scale: Pick here to modify

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 279

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Drawing Icons
Pro/ENGINEER includes many icons in detail Show / Erase
drawings. Many are included in the default user
interface, and many more can be added to the Create Single Dimension
interface using Tools, Customize Screen. Shown Create Ordinate Dims
below is a collection of 50 available drawing icons.
Create Multiple Dims

Delete Current Entity Create Single Ref Dim

Set Current Model Create Ordinate Ref Dim

Regenerate Model Create Multiple Ref Dims

Update All Views Create Coordinate Dims

Add General View Convert Linear to Ordinate

Lock View Movement Line Up Dimensions

Create Snap Lines Clean Dimensions

Create Note Create Breaks

Hyperlinks Create Jogs

Repeat Last Format

Move Many

Delete Many Create Table Create GTOLs

Switch View Add Row Create Datum Target

Add Column Create Draft Axis

Update Repeat Region Create Draft Plane

Clean BOM Balloons Create Symmetry Line

Create Manual Balloon Divide Draft Entities

Place Symbol From Palette Split Draft Entities

Place User Defined Symbol Corner Draft Entities

Place Surface Finish Symbol Trim Draft Entities

Hatch Area Stretch Draft Entity

Fill Area Extend By Distance

Access Draft Grid Move To Coordinates

Page 280 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Selection Filters
Selection Filters allow you to specify which types of entities can be selected. In detail drawings,
the Selection Filters is a large list of items as shown below. See page 53 for more information
about Selection Filters.

The Drawing Selection Filters

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 281

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Selection Preferences
In detail drawings, multiple items can be selected using a variety of selection techniques. Use
Edit, Select, Preferences or the icons shown below to set the desired selection method.

See page 55 for more information about Selection Preferences.

The current selection

method is shown at the top

Select inside a rectangle

Select across a rectangle

Use a polygon for selection

Use the polygon

selection method to
select the appropriate
drawing entities

Page 282 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Creating a New Drawing

To create a new drawing, pick File, New or pick the icon shown above. Next, pick the Drawing
button in the New dialog box, and enter a name for the drawing. The name of the drawing should
be the same as the name of the model that the drawing references.

Pick the drawing button here

Enter the name of the new drawing here

Pick here to use the default template drawing

Pick OK or click the middle mouse button

Note

The name of the drawing should be the same as the name of the model.

The drawing references

(depends on) the part.
The part does not
reference the drawing.

REFERENCE

4455-004.prt
4455-004.drw

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 283

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Format vs. Template

When creating a new drawing, you have the choice of using a format or a template.

Format
Drawings usually include a title block and a border around
the drawing sheet. In Pro/ENGINEER, this information is
part of the drawing format, which is a separate object
usually controlled by the system administrator. The format
can contain text to be ‘filled in’ by the user creating the
drawing. Several generic formats are included with
Pro/ENGINEER, and company specific formats can be
created.
The Format

Template
The template is a special drawing with ‘instructions’ for the system to use each time a new
drawing is created.

The template is used to ‘layout’ the drawing including:

• Set the drawing size, format, and title block information.
• Creation, placement, and scale of views.
• Set the view display for each view.
• Show dimensions in views.
• Create snap lines for views.
• Creation and placement of notes.
• Creation and placement of tables, reports, and BOM balloons.

Note

Read the textbook titled “Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Detail Drawings and
Pro/REPORT” by this author and publisher for complete details about
drawing formats and templates.

Page 284 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Specifying the Model and Format

In the New Drawing dialog box, pick Browse to locate the model that the drawing will
reference. The name of the drawing should be the same as the name of the model.

When creating a new drawing without using a template, pick Empty with format and Browse in
the New Drawing dialog box. In the Open dialog box, use the Look In pull down menu and
select ‘User Formats’, then pick the appropriate format from the list. Pick Open, then pick OK
to create the new drawing as shown below.

Pick Browse here to locate the model

for the drawing to reference

To add a format, pick Empty with format

then pick Browse

In the Look In pull-down menu

select User Formats

Select the appropriate

format from the list

Pick Open
then pick OK

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 285

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Adding General Views

The first step to creating detail drawings is to add views of the model. There are many types of
views that can be added to a drawing. The first view added to the drawing must be a General
view.

Pick Insert, Drawing View, General or pick the icon shown above to add the first view to the
drawing. Select a location on the drawing for the view, then use the Drawing View dialog box to
orient the view using one of the saved views in the model as shown below.

Orient the General view

using the saved views
in the model here

When you first place the General view,

the system uses the isometric orientation.

Use the Drawing View dialog box to set

the view to the desired orientation.

Page 286 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Adding Projection Views

After the first General view has been added to the drawing, Projection views can be added. Pick
the general view first, then press and hold the right mouse button and select Insert Projection
View in the popup menu as shown below. Move the mouse to adjust the location of the
projection view, then click the left mouse button to place the view.

Select the view you want

to project from first

Move the cursor to the

location for the
projection view

Press and hold the right

mouse button and select
Insert Projection View
in the popup menu

Select a final location

for the view

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 287

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Adding Other Views

To create other drawing views, such as Detailed and Auxiliary, pick Insert, Drawing View,
then pick the appropriate option as shown below.

Use the Insert, Drawing View

command to create all types
of drawing views

When creating a Detailed view, the system uses default values for the view scale, view name,
circle type, and note placement. Use the Drawing View dialog box as shown below to change
any of the default values after creating the view.

Page 288 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Section Views
When creating section views, pick the Sections category in the Drawing View dialog box as
shown below. Select the type of section view and other options as listed below.

Total Shows all edges of the cross-section including edges behind the cutting plane.
Area Shows only the geometry cut by the cross-section, and does not show the geometry
behind the cutting plane.
Full Cross-sections the entire view.
Half Cross-sections on one side of a datum and keeps the other side in the usual view
type.
Local Creates a broken-out cross-section by defining a spline boundary for the section.
Unfold Creates a cross-section by unfolding the cutting planes until they are parallel to the
screen.
Aligned Creates a cross-section that is unfolded about an axis.

The Sections category

of the Drawing View
dialog box is used
when creating
section views

Select the
appropriate cross-
section here

Use this pull down

menu to set the type of
section view

Pick here to add the

section arrows

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 289

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Moving Drawing Views

Drawing views are locked in position by default. To move a view, you must first unlock the view
movement using the icon shown above. You can also use the right mouse button popup menu or
the Tools, Environment dialog box as shown below.

Use the right mouse

button popup menu for
many drawing commands
including Lock View
Movement here

The Lock View Movement

command is also found in the
Environment dialog box

Page 290 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

The Drawing View Dialog Box

To change the properties of existing drawing views, simply double pick the view and the
Drawing View dialog box is displayed. You can also pick multiple views then pick Properties
in the right mouse button popup menu. The View Display category of the Drawing View dialog
box is shown below. See the next page for details about View Display.

The View Display category

of the Drawing View
dialog box is used to set
the edge display here

Set the tangent edge

display here

Other options are here

The Visible Area category of the Drawing View dialog box is shown below and is used when
creating partial, detail, or local section views.

The Visible Area category

of the Drawing View dialog
box is used to set the portion
of the view being displayed

Control the display of the

view boundary here

Set the Z-Clipping here

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 291

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

View Display
The display of edges in drawing views is controlled using the View Display category in the
Drawing View dialog box (see the top figure on the previous page). The Display style pull-
down list controls the display of non-tangent edges in the view. The Tangent edges display style
pull-down list controls the display of tangent edges in the view.

Some examples of the different View Display options are shown below.

Wireframe Hidden No Hidden

Display Styles for Non-Tangent Edges

Solid None Phantom

Display Styles for Tangent Edges

Page 292 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Showing Model Entities

Dimensions are model entities that are ‘shown’ on the drawing. These dimensions can be
modified on the drawing and the model is automatically updated. These dimensions also update
if the model is modified.

The Show/Erase dialog is used to show and erase model dimensions and other entities on the
drawing. Pick View, Show and Erase or pick the icon shown above. Dimensions ‘show’ in the
view they were created in, and can be moved and switched to other views. Dimensions that are
shown from the model may be erased from the drawing using the same dialog box. Datum axes
are shown using this dialog box and are used as centerlines on the drawing.

There are several filters for showing and erasing items on a drawing. Pick the entity type to be
shown, then select the appropriate filter. The Show tab of the Show/Erase dialog box is shown
below.

Dimensions

Model notes Axes

Symbols Datum Planes

Pick the Show By

filters here

Turn on/off the

Show items that have Preview options here
been erased
Show dimensions as
Show items that have ordinate dimensions
never been shown

Pick Close when you

are finished

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 293

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Show Model Entities (continued)

The Show By filters in the Show/Erase dialog box are:
Show All Show all the drawing entities of the
selected type in the model. Not
recommended for most models.
Feature Show/Erase the drawing entities of
the selected type for the selected
feature.
Feature and View Show/Erase the drawing entities of a
selected feature in a selected view.
View Show/Erase all the drawing entities
of the selected type in a view.
Part Show/Erase all the drawing entities
of a selected part on an assembly or
multiple model drawing.
Part and View Show/Erase all the drawing entities
in a selected view of a selected part
on an assembly or multiple model
drawing.

The Preview tab of the Show/Erase dialog box has these

four options:
Sel to Keep Select the previewed entities to be
shown.
Sel to Remove Select the previewed entities to be
erased.
Accept All Show all the previewed entities.
Erase All Erases all the previewed entities.

Tip

The default preview setting can be changed to Sel to Keep using the
following config.pro option: show_preview_default keep

Page 294 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Cleanup Dimensions
After dimensions are shown, they usually need to be moved. Pick Edit, Cleanup, Dimensions or
pick the icon shown above to access the Clean Dimensions dialog box, shown below. Use this
tool to move all the dimensions outside the view and set the spacing from the view and between
dimensions.

Pick here then pick the views

or individual dimensions

Enter the offset and increment values

Set the offset reference type

Pick here to create snap lines

Pick here to have breaks

created automatically

Pick here to use auto flip

Pick here to center the dimension text

When using auto flip,

pick your choice for text location

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 295

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Moving and Modifying Dimensions

Individual dimensions and other drawing items can be moved using the left mouse button.
Simply pick and drag the item to a new location. The dimension displays small drag handles or
‘grips’ at certain locations on the dimension. As the mouse is moved over the grips, the cursor
image changes to indicate the movement of that grip. Multiple items can be ‘aligned’ using the
Move Many icon shown above.

The right mouse button popup menu is used to modify dimensions. After picking the dimension,
press and hold the right mouse button. The dimension popup menu is shown below.

Erase Erase the selected dimension from the

drawing. This does not remove the
dimension from the model.
Clip Witness Lines Trim or extend the witness (extension)
line of the selected dimension.
Move Item to View Switch the selected dimension(s) to
another view.
Modify Nominal Value Modify (edit) the nominal value of the
dimension. Regeneration is required
after this command to update the
model.
Toggle Ordinate/Linear Toggle the display of the dimension
between a linear dimension and an
ordinate dimension.
Flip Arrows Flip the dimension arrows outside or
inside the witness lines.
Properties Access the dimension properties dialog
box to add tolerances, text, and other
attributes.

Page 296 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Default Tolerances
Dimensions have default tolerances assigned to them when features are created in the model.
By default, the tolerance mode (type of tolerance) is set to Limits, meaning ‘over and under’
dimensions are used. Use the configuration option ‘tol_mode’ to change the default tolerance
mode. The available tolerance modes are shown below with examples.
Nominal ............................... 1.000
+ .005
Plus-minus ........................... 1.000 - .002

Plus-minus-symmetric ........ 1.000 ± .005

Limits ................................... 1.010

0.980

The default tolerance values for any model can be changed by picking Edit, Value then picking
on the tolerance indicators at the bottom of the graphics window, as shown bellow.

Use Edit, Value and

pick on the tolerance
to be changed

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 297

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Dimension Properties
Dimensions can be displayed with tolerances by picking the dimension and then selecting
Properties in the right mouse button popup menu. The tolerance value, mode, and other
dimension properties can be modified using this dialog box. Dimension properties include
number of decimal places, decimal or fractional, basic or inspection, and additional text.

The Properties tab of the Dimension Properties dialog box is shown below.

Set the tolerance mode and value here

Set the number of decimal places here

Page 298 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Dimension Properties (continued)

The Dimension Text tab of the Dimension Properties dialog box is shown below. Use this
section to add text to the dimension and/or to display the name (symbol) of the dimension.

@D displays the dimension value

@S displays the dimension name
@O enter your own text

Add additional text

to the dimension here

Change the dimension

name here

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 299

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Notes
Drawing notes are created by selecting Insert, Note or by picking the icon shown above. Notes
can be created with or without a leader, can be attached to dimensions, and can be entered from
the keyboard or from an existing text ( .txt ) file.

The NOTE TYPES menu has many options for creating notes and is shown below.

No Leader The note is created without an attachment leader.

With Leader The note is created with an attachment leader.
ISO Leader The note is created with an ISO leader.
On Item The note is attached to an entity without a leader.
Offset The note is related to an item, such as a dimension.
Enter The note is entered from the keyboard.
File The note is read from an existing text file.
Horizontal The note will be horizontal.
Vertical The note will be vertical.
Angular The note will be at a specified angle.
Standard The note will have a standard leader.
Normal Leader The note’s leader will be normal to the model entity.
Tangent Leader The note’s leader will be tangent to the model entity.
Left The text will be left justified.
Center The text will be center justified.
Right The text will be right justified.
Default The justification is based on the leader’s location.
Style Lib Access the style library to create new text styles.
Cur Style Set the default text style from the style library.
Make Note Create the note.

Page 300 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Creating Notes
Notes can be created using a variety of options. Most drawing notes are entered using the
keyboard, one line at a time. To create a note, pick the Note icon, then pick Make Note, then
select a location on the drawing sheet for the note, then enter the text using the keyboard. After
the last line of the note is entered, press ‘Enter’ twice to complete the note.

When creating notes using the Leader option, the Attach Type menu is used. Notes can be
created with any combination of attachment type and style as shown below.

On Entity Attach the note to the selected model edge.

On Surface Attach the note on the selected model surface.
Free Point Attach the note at any random pick point.
Midpoint Attach the note to the midpoint of the selected
model entity.
Intersect Attach the note to the intersection of two model
entities.
Arrow Head
Dot
Filled Dot
No Arrow
Slash
Integral
~

Box
Filled Box
Double Arrow

Note

Read the textbook titled “Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Detail Drawings and
Pro/REPORT” by this author and publisher for complete details about
drawing notes.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 301

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Editing Notes
To edit an existing note, pick the note then select Properties in the right mouse button popup
menu. The Note Properties dialog box can be used, or pick Editor to use your system editor
such as Notepad. This dialog box has two tabs, Text for entering text, and Text Style to set the
style of the font, line spacing, color, and other properties.

The Text tab of the Note Properties dialog box is shown below.

Edit the text of

the note here

Pick Editor to
edit the note with
your system editor

Pick Text Symbol

to access the text
symbol palette

Page 302 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Drawing Symbols
Drawing symbols are a collection of draft entities and text. They are grouped together similar to a
‘block’ in AutoCAD. Symbols become part of the drawing and do not reference where they
came from. Pro/ENGINEER includes a library of drawing symbols. Custom symbols can be
created and stored in a symbol directory for later use.

Pick Insert, Drawing Symbol, From Palette or use the icon shown above to access the Symbol
Instance Palette. The palette is divided into two categories: 2D drawing symbols on the left, and
3D model symbols on the right. Pick the appropriate drawing symbol then place it on the
drawing. The Symbol Instance Palette and some of the symbols are shown below.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 303

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 12 – DETAIL DRAWINGS

Task 1: Create a drawing for 4455-002.

• Pick File, New, pick the Drawing button in the New dialog box
• Remove the checkmark next to Use Default Template
• Enter < 4455-002 > for the name of the drawing then pick OK
• Pick Browse in the Default Model section, then pick 4455-002.prt then pick Open
• Pick the Empty with Format button
• Pick Browse in the Format section, then pick b.frm then pick Open
• Pick OK in the New Drawing dialog box
• The empty drawing is shown below

SCALE 1:1 TYPE: PART NAME:4455-002 SIZE:B

• Be sure the correct model is listed here

Page 304 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Task 2: Add the first view to the drawing.

• Pick the Add General View icon

• Pick as shown below to place the first view

Pick here for

the first view

• In the Drawing View dialog box, scroll down the list of model view names and
select Top
• Pick OK in the dialog box
• The result is shown below

The first view is a

General view and
is oriented using a
saved view in the
model

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 305

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 3: Add more views to the drawing.

• Pick the general view on the drawing (the view you just added)
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Insert Projection View in the popup
menu
• Pick as shown below to place the view

Pick here for the

second view

• The result is shown below

Page 306 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

• Pick the front view (the second view you added to the drawing)
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Insert Projection View in the popup
menu
• Pick as shown below to place the view

Pick here for

the third view

• The result is shown below

• Pick the Add General View icon

• Pick here to place the general view

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 307

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Be sure the Default Orientation section of the Drawing View dialog box is set to
Isometric, then pick OK in the dialog box
• The result is shown below

Task 4: Add a detailed view to the drawing.

• Pick Insert, Drawing View, Detailed

• Read the prompt in the message area
• Pick a location on the edge of the model here

Page 308 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

• Read the prompt in the message area again, then draw a spline around the corner of
the existing view as shown below

Click the left mouse

button about six
times as you draw the
spline around this
corner of the part

• Click the middle mouse button to complete the spline

• Read the prompt in the message area again, then pick as shown below to place the
view

Place the
detailed view here

• Pick Edit, Value then pick the scale listed in the note directly under the detailed view
• Enter < 10 > for the scale of the detailed view
• Pick the Lock View Movement icon to unlock the movement of views
• Pick each view and move them to appropriate locations as necessary

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 309

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• The result is shown below

• Pick the Lock View Movement icon again to lock the view movement
• Save the drawing

Task 5: Show the dimensions from the model on the drawing.

• Pick the Show/Erase icon

• Pick the Dimension icon in the Show/Erase dialog box
• Pick Show All in the Show/Erase dialog box
• Pick Yes
• Pick Accept All in the Show/Erase dialog box
• Pick Close in the Show/Erase dialog box
• Notice the model dimensions are now shown on the drawing

Page 310 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Task 6: Cleanup the dimensions.

• Drag a box around all the dimensions on the drawing

• Pick the Cleanup Dimensions icon
• Remove the checkmark next to Create Snap Lines
• Set the Offset value to < 0.500 > in the dialog box
• Set the Increment value to < 0.500 > in the dialog box
• Pick Apply in the Clean Dimensions dialog box
• Pick Close in the Clean Dimensions dialog box
• The result is shown below

Task 7: Move dimensions to the detailed views.

• Use the sample drawing in Appendix B (page B-4) as a guide for this task
• Move the appropriate dimensions to the detailed view by picking the dimension then
selecting Move Item to View in the right mouse button popup menu, then pick the
detailed view

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 311

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 8: Set the dimension properties.

• Use the sample drawing in Appendix B (page B-4) as a guide for this task
• Pick a dimension, then pick Properties in the right mouse button popup menu
• Set the tolerance mode, tolerance value, and any additional text
• Repeat this task for each dimension on the drawing

Task 9: Create notes on the drawing.

• Pick the Note icon

• Pick Make Note in the menu
• Pick a location for the note on the drawing
• Enter < MATERIAL: LEXAN, CLEAR. >
• Enter < TEXTBOOKS BY CADquest. >
• Press ‘enter’ again

Task 10: Add a symbol to the drawing.

• Pick the Symbol icon

• Pick any symbol from the left side of the Symbol Instance Palette
• Pick a location on the drawing for the symbol with the left mouse button
• Click the right mouse button
• Pick Close in the Symbol Instance Palette
• Save the drawing
• Close the window

Page 312 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 3

Task 11: Create drawings for the other parts.

• Get as many started as possible

• Use the completed drawings in Appendix B as a guide
• Go back and finish the detailing if you have time
• Be sure to Save each drawing
• Create a drawing for 4455-001
• Create a drawing for 4455-003
• Create a drawing for 4455-004
• Create a drawing for 4455-005
• Create a drawing for 4455-006
• Create a drawing for 4455-007
• Create a drawing for 4455-008
• Create a drawing for 4455-009

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 313

Section 3 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

ADDITIONAL EXERCISES
The following exercises are recommended and can be found in Appendix A.

• Exercise 31 – Fill Patterns

• Exercise 32 – Extruded Text

REVIEW QUESTIONS
Answer the following questions.

1. When a feature is mirrored, what is the difference between dependent and

independent?
2. What are the three types (options) of dimensional patterns?
3. Which of the three types (options) of dimensional patterns regenerates fastest?
4. What is a reference pattern?
5. What is a pattern table?
6. What is a fill pattern?
7. What is the difference between Edit Definition and Edit References?
8. Name three things about a feature that can be redefined.
9. How do you reorder a feature?
10. Can a feature be reordered before any of its parents?
11. Explain the difference between insert mode and suppressing features.
12. List three reasons to suppress features.
13. Can a feature with children be suppressed?
14. What is the drawing ‘format’?
15. What type of view must the first view added to a drawing be?
16. What is a ‘shown’ dimension?
17. If a dimension is erased, is it gone forever?
18. What is the command to show dimensions from the model on the drawing?

Page 314 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Section 4

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 315

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Page 316 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Part Completion

Introduction
Many times parts are not created in one session, nor can they be completed until an assembly is
created. Changes are often made to parts after interference is checked in the assembly. For this
project, several parts need additional features.

The next exercise will complete one of the components of the project assembly as shown below.
Others are parts will need minor adjustments as the assembly is created. Some components of the
assembly are created in the additional exercises found in Appendix A of this textbook.

This part needs a few

cuts added before the
assembly is created

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 317

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 13 – PART COMPLETION

Task 1: Create a cut feature in 4455-005. This is for the PCB to fit into this part.

• Open the part called ‘4455-005.prt’

• Orient the model as shown below using the middle mouse button
• Pick the Extrude icon
• Pick the Remove Material icon in the Extrude Tool as shown below

Pick here to remove material

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch
• Pick this small surface of the model for the sketch plane

Page 318 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

• Pick Left in the Orientation pull-down menu in the Sketch dialog box
• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box
• Pick Close in the References dialog box
• Pick the Use Edge icon and select the four edges shown in bold below

FRONT

RIGHT

• Pick the Done icon

• Enter < 1.25 > for the depth in the Extrude Tool
• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the feature
• Save the part

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 319

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 2: Create another cut in 4455-005. This is for the tabs on the lens part to fit into.

• Pick the Extrude icon

• Pick the Remove Material icon in the Extrude Tool as shown below

Pick here to remove material

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch
• Pick Use Previous in the Sketch dialog box
• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box
• Add four additional references shown below

Pick these four edges to

add additional references
to the sketch
FRONT

RIGHT

Page 320 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

• Pick Close in the References dialog box

• Sketch a vertical centerline aligned with the RIGHT datum plane
• Sketch two symmetrical rectangles as shown below

8.00

FRONT
5.00

RIGHT

• Double pick each dimension and enter the values shown above
• Pick the Done icon
• In the Extrude Tool, set the depth to To Selected as shown below

Pick the To Selected

depth option

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 321

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick the surface of the part shown here

• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the feature

• The result is shown below
• Save the part

Page 322 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Task 3: Create a chamfer feature in 4455-005.

• Pick the Chamfer icon

• Pick Angle x D in the small pull down menu in the Chamfer Tool as shown below

• Enter < 30 > for the angle

• Enter < 0.5 > for the dimension
• Pick the six edges shown in bold
here (use CTRL to pick the last
five)
• Pick the checkmark in the
Chamfer Tool to complete the
feature
• The result is shown below

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 323

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 4: Create an offset datum plane in 4455-005.

• Set the selection filter to Geometry

• Pick the surface of the part as shown below

Pick this surface

• Pick the Datum Plane icon

• Enter < 10.19 > for the offset value in the Datum Plane tool
• Pick OK to complete the feature
• The result is shown below
TOP
• Save the part

DTM3
FRONT

RIGHT

Page 324 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Task 5: Redefine the sweep in 4455-005.

• Pick the swept protrusion in the model tree as shown below

Pick the swept protrusion

• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Edit Definition
• In the dialog box, pick Trajectory then pick Define
• Pick Done in the small menu
• Pick Trim/Extend
• Pick Accept
• Pick Enter Length
• Enter < –1 > for the length

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 325

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick Trim/Extend
• Pick Next
• Pick Accept
• Pick Enter Length
• Enter < –1 > for the length
• Pick Done
• Pick Accept
• Pick Okay
• Pick OK in the dialog box
• The result is shown below
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Save the part
• Close the window

Page 326 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Assembly Creation

Introduction
An assembly model is a collection of part models. In this textbook, the part models are modeled
first, and then assembled together. This technique is called ‘bottom-up’ assembly design.
Another method, called ‘top-down’ assembly design, is also possible with Pro/ENGINEER.

Assemblies are created by specifying conditions or ‘constraints’ between ‘components’. The

Component Placement dialog box is used to create these constraints. The user interface for an
assembly is shown below.

Component being assembled

The assembly model

The Component
Placement dialog box

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 327

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Creating a New Assembly

To create a new assembly, pick File, New or pick
the New icon. In the New dialog box, select the
Assembly button, enter a name for the assembly,
then pick OK.

An assembly model references the parts that

make up the assembly as shown below.

Pick the Assembly button

Enter the name for the assembly here

Pick OK to create the assembly

The Assembly Model References the Part Models

Page 328 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Assembly Procedure
Pick Insert, Component, Assemble or pick the icon shown above to start the assembly
procedure. Pick the appropriate part then pick Open in the dialog box. By default, the part being
assembled to the assembly appears in the main graphics window with the assembly. Alternately
the part being assembled can be displayed in a separate graphics window. For beginners, the
separate window method is recommended.

Three constraints are usually required to assemble a component. A surface or axis is selected in
one part, then a corresponding surface or axis is selected in the assembly. These are the
references for the constraint. These steps are repeated until the component's location has been
fully defined. Datum planes, coordinate systems, and points may also be used when defining
constraints.

The Component Placement dialog box is used to specify the constraints. Pick the type of
constraint before selecting the references. The Component Placement dialog box is shown
below.

Pick here to assemble

the part using the main
graphics window

Pick here to assemble

the part using a separate
graphics window

Existing constraints
are listed here

Choose the type of

constraint to add here

The references for

the selected constraint
are listed here

The status is here

Pick OK to complete
the assembly procedure

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 329

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Surface Normal
It is important to understand the concept of a ‘surface normal’ when creating an assembly. The
‘surface normal’ of a surface is defined as ‘an imaginary vector that points perpendicular to and
away from the surface’.

All planar surfaces including datum planes have surface normals. Solid part surfaces have only
one surface normal, pointing away from the surface. Datum planes, however, have two surface
normals: a positive and negative surface normal as shown below.

Surface normal
Planar solid part surface

Positive surface normal

Negative surface normal
TOP
FRONT

Datum planes

RIGHT

Page 330 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Mate
The Mate constraint is the most common type of assembly constraint. When using Mate, the
surface normals point in opposite directions. The mate constraint can be used on planar surfaces
only. There are four different types of Mate constraints as listed below.

Mate Coincident The surface normals point in opposite directions, and the surfaces become
co-planar.
Mate Offset The surface normals point in opposite directions, and are offset by a
specified value. The offset value can be modified.
Mate Oriented See page 334 for details about the Mate Oriented constraint.
Mate Angle See page 335 for details about the Mate Angle constraint.

Surface normals always point away from When using the Mate constraint, the two
solid planar surfaces. surface normals point towards each other.

2.125

Mate Coincident Mate Offset

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 331

 Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Align
The Align constraint is another common type of assembly constraint. When using Align, the
surface normals point in the same direction. Align is the opposite of Mate. The Align constraint
can be used on planar surfaces and axes. When two axes are aligned, they become coaxial.

There are four different types of Align constraints as listed below.

Align Coincident The surface normals point in the same direction, the surfaces become co-
planar. Two axes can be made coaxial with this constraint. Edges and
vertices may also be used.
Align Offset The surface normals point in the same direction, and are offset by a
specified value. The offset value can be modified.
Align Oriented See page 334 for details about the Align Oriented constraint.
Align Angle See page 335 for details about the Align Angle constraint.

Axis

When using the Align constraint on planar surfaces, When using the Align constraint
the two surface normals point in the same direction. on axes, they become coaxial.

1.250
Align Coincident Align Offset

Page 332 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Insert
The Insert constraint is used for radial surfaces. Use this constraint when assembling circular
parts. The two surfaces are made coaxial as shown below. Using the Insert constraint is
equivalent to using the Align constraint with axis-axis references.

Radial surfaces

Insert

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 333

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Align Oriented / Mate Oriented

Use the Align Oriented constraint to control the rotational orientation of parts. The part must
also have an Insert or Align Axis constraint to allow this rotation. The Mate Oriented
constraint is similar to the Align Oriented constraint as shown below.

Align Oriented The planar surfaces are made parallel and the surface normals point in the
same direction, but the surfaces do not become co-planar.

Mate Oriented The planar surfaces are made parallel and the surface normals point in
opposite directions. Mate Oriented is the opposite of Align Oriented.

These surfaces
selected for an
Oriented constraint

These surfaces
selected for an
Insert constraint

Align Orient Mate Orient

Page 334 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Align Angle / Mate Angle

Use the Align Angle constraint to control the rotational orientation of circular parts. The part
must also have an Align constraint using two axes to allow this rotation. The Mate Angle
constraint is similar to the Align Angle constraint as shown below.

Align Angle The planar surfaces are set at a specified angle. When the angle is zero, the
surfaces are aligned coincident.

Mate Angle The planar surfaces are set at a specified angle. When the angle is zero, the
surfaces are mated coincident.

120°

Mate Angle

35°

The Mate Angle Constraint

is Used for Parts that Rotate

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 335

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Default Constraint
The Default constraint is a special constraint that fully defines the placement of the component.
The result is similar to aligning the three default datum planes in the component to the three
default datum planes in the assembly. Pick the icon shown below to assemble the part using the
Default constraint.

Pick this icon to use

the Default constraint

Page 336 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Assembly Constraints using Datum Planes

When assembling components, datum planes are often used to specify the constraints. Datum
planes have two surface normals, one positive and one negative. This system will use the positive
side by default. Pick the Flip icon as shown below to use the opposite side of the datum plane,
thus causing the part to ‘flip’ 180° in the assembly.

Pick here to flip the direction

when using datum planes
for constraint references

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 337

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

The Assembly Model Tree

The assembly model tree lists the components in the order
they were added to the assembly. Each part has a ‘+’ sign
which expands to show the features in the part as shown
here.

The assembly model tree lists

the components of the assembly

Pick the ‘+’ sign to show

the features of the part

In the assembly model tree, the right mouse button popup

menu has shortcuts to many commands as shown below.

Activate the selected component

Regenerate the selected component
Open in a separate window
Suppress the selected component
Redefine the component placement

Email the selected component

Hide the selected component

Page 338 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Hide Components
After assembling a component, it may be necessary to temporarily remove the display of the
component from the assembly. This can be accomplished using either of these two methods:
• Create a Layer, add the component to the layer, and then Hide the layer.
• Pick the component then pick View, Visibility, Hide.

Using Layers is a valid method, but is outdated and not necessary. The easiest method is to use
Hide. There are at least three ways to Hide a component of an assembly:
• Pick the component in the graphics window, then pick View, Visibility, Hide.
• Pick the component in the graphics window, and then press and hold the right mouse
button and select Hide in the popup menu.
• Pick the component in the model tree, press and hold the right mouse button and
select Hide in the popup menu as shown below.

The Hide command temporarily turns off the display of the component in the assembly. Hidden
components are still considered ‘in’ the assembly, but they are invisible. Use Unhide or Unhide
All to redisplay the hidden component in the assembly. The Hide command can be made
permanent using the View, Visibility, Save Status command.

In the model tree, select

Hide in the right mouse
button popup menu to
hide the component

The Hide command

in the model tree

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 339

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 14 - ASSEMBLY CREATION

Goal

The goal of this exercise is to build the project assembly.

Task 1: Create a new assembly.

• Pick File, New or pick the icon

• Pick the Assembly button in the New dialog box as shown below

Pick the Assembly button

Enter the name for the assembly here

Pick OK

• Enter < 4455-010 > for the name, then pick OK as shown above
• Be sure the datum planes are being displayed, notice the names are different
• Be sure the following configuration option is applied: (see page 4)
comp_assemble_start constrain_in_window

Page 340 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Task 2: Assemble the first component.

• Pick the Add Component icon

• Pick the part called ‘4455-004.prt’ then pick Open
• In the main graphics window, move the assembly to the lower right corner as shown
below; in the small window, orient the part as shown below

TOP
Orient the part being
assembled before
adding constraints

FRONT
ASM_TOP

RIGHT ASM_FRONT

ASM_RIGHT

• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the first constraint type to Mate
• In the small window pick the RIGHT datum plane
• In the large window pick the ASM_RIGHT datum plane
• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the second constraint type to Mate
• In the small window pick the TOP datum plane

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 341

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• In the large window pick the ASM_TOP datum plane

• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the third constraint type to Align
• In the small window pick the FRONT datum plane
• In the large window pick ASM_FRONT datum plane
• Verify that three constraints are listed in the dialog box as shown below

The constraint are

listed here

The first two are Mate

and the third is Align

• The Placement Status should read ‘Fully Constrained’

• Pick OK in the dialog box

Page 342 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Task 3: Assemble the second component.

• Pick the Add Component icon

• Pick the part called ‘4455-005.prt’ then pick Open
• In the small window, pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the first constraint type to Align
• In the small window pick the RIGHT datum plane
• In the large window pick the ASM_RIGHT datum plane
• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the second constraint type to Align
• In the small window pick the FRONT datum plane
• In the large window pick ASM_FRONT datum plane
• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the third constraint type to Mate
• Turn off the display of the datum planes
• In the small window, spin and zoom the model as shown below

Zoom in on this area

• Pick the surface of the part here

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 343

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• In the large window, zoom in on the model as shown below

Zoom in on this area

• Pick the surface of the part here

• Pick OK in the dialog box

• Save the assembly
• The result is shown below

Task 4: Hide the bottom part.

• In order to assemble the other components, the bottom part can be temporarily
removed from the display
• In the model tree, pick 4455-004 then press and hold the right mouse button and
select Hide in the popup menu

Page 344 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Task 5: Assemble the next component.

• Orient the assembly as shown below

• Turn on the display of the datum planes

• Pick the Add Component icon
• Pick the part called ‘4455-006.prt’ then pick Open
• In the small window, orient the part as shown below

• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the first constraint type to Align
• In the small window pick the RIGHT datum plane
• In the large window pick the ASM_RIGHT datum plan
• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the second constraint type to Align
• In the small window pick the FRONT datum plane
• In the large window pick the DTM3 datum plane in the part called ‘4455-005.prt’ (the
datum plane in the middle of the square opening)

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 345

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Turn off the display of the datum planes

• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the third constraint type to Mate
• In the small window, spin the part then pick the surface shown below

Pick this surface

• In the large window, pick this surface

• The Placement Status should show ‘Fully Constrained’

• Pick OK in the dialog box
• The result is shown

Page 346 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Note

When interference exists in an assembly, the system cannot perform the

hidden line removal properly. The interference condition must be
corrected before the system can display the assembly properly.

Task 6: Check the assembly for interference.

• Pick Analysis, Model Analysis

• In the Type pull down menu in the Model Analysis dialog box pick Global
Interference
• Pick Compute in the Model Analysis dialog box
• Look at the Results section of the Model Analysis dialog box
• The results of the analysis are displayed on the screen, the areas of interference are
highlighted
• Pick Close in the Model Analysis dialog box

Task 7: Modify the lens part to fit better in the assembly.

• In the model tree, pick the ‘+’ sign next to 4455-006.prt

• Pick the Extrude 1 feature (in 4455-006) then pick Edit in the right mouse button
popup menu
• Double pick the 20 dimension and enter < 19.25 >
• Double pick the 21.5 dimension and enter < 20.65 >
• Pick Edit, Regenerate
• The lens should fit better now, spin the model to several locations to be sure
• Save the assembly

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 347

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 8: Assemble the next component.

• Orient the assembly as shown at the bottom of this page

• Turn on the display of the datum planes
• Pick the Add Component icon
• Pick the part called ‘4455-002.prt’ then pick Open
• In the small window, pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the first constraint type to Mate
• In the small window pick the RIGHT datum plane
• In the large window pick the ASM_RIGHT datum plane
• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the second constraint type to Align
• In the small window pick the FRONT datum plane
• In the large window pick the DTM3 datum plane in the part called ‘4455-005.prt’ (the
datum plane in the middle of the square opening)
• Turn off the display of the datum planes
• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the third constraint type to Mate
• In the small window, spin the part then pick the surface shown below

Pick this surface

• In the large window, pick this surface

Page 348 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

• The Placement Status should read ‘Fully Constrained’

• Pick OK in the dialog box
• It should be obvious that the lens is too large
• In the model tree, pick the ‘+’ sign next to 4455-002.prt
• Pick the Extrude 1 feature (in 4455-002) then pick Edit in the right mouse button
popup menu
• Double pick the 30 dimension and enter < 20.25 >
• Double pick the 25 dimension and enter < 21.50 >
• Double pick the 5.00 dimension and enter < 2.54 >
• Pick Edit, Regenerate
• The lens should fit better now, spin the model to several locations to be sure
• The assembly is shown below
• Save the assembly

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 349

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 9: Assemble two connectors into the assembly.

• Orient the assembly as shown in the previous figure

• Turn on the display of the datum planes
• Pick the Add Component icon
• Pick the part called ‘4455-001.prt’ then pick Open
• In the small window, pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the first constraint type to Mate
• In the small window pick the RIGHT datum plane
• In the large window pick the ASM_RIGHT datum plane
• Turn off the display of the datum planes
• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the second constraint type to Mate
• In the small window pick the hidden surface as shown below

Pick the hidden surface

• In the large window pick this surface

• Enter < 0 > for the offset

Page 350 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the third constraint type to Mate
• In the small window pick the hidden surface as shown below

Pick the hidden surface

• In the large window pick this surface

• Pick OK in the dialog box

• Repeat this task to assemble another connector part to the assembly
• The result is shown below
• Save the assembly

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 351

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 10: Assemble the PCB part.

• Orient the assembly as shown in the previous figure

• Turn on the display of the datum planes
• Pick the Add Component icon
• Pick the part called ‘4455-009.prt’ then pick Open
• Orient the part in the small window as shown below, the rectangular sketch is facing
down

• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the first constraint type to Align
• In the small window pick the RIGHT datum plane
• In the large window pick the ASM_RIGHT datum plane
• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the second constraint type to Align
• In the small window pick the FRONT datum plane
• In the large window pick the ASM_FRONT datum plane
• Turn off the display of the datum planes
• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the third constraint type to Mate
• Pick the bottom surface of the PCB (spin it over), where the rectangular sketch is, as
shown below

Spin the part over

then pick this surface

Page 352 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

• Pick the top surface of the connector here

• Pick OK in the dialog box

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Pick View, Visibility, Unhide All
• In the model tree, pick ‘4455-005.prt’ then press and hold the right mouse button and
select Hide in the right mouse button popup menu
• The assembly is shown below
• Save the assembly

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 353

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 11: Assemble the buttons.

• Orient the assembly as shown in the previous figure

• Turn off the display of the datum planes
• Pick the Add Component icon
• Pick the part called ‘4455-008.prt’ then pick Open
• Orient the part in the small window as shown below
• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the first constraint type to Mate

• In the small window pick this surface

• In the large window pick the surface shown below

Pick this surface

• In the large window, pick View, Visibility, Unhide All

• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the second constraint type to Insert

Page 354 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

• In the small window pick this radial surface

• In the large window pick this radial surface

• Select OK in the dialog box
• The result is shown below
• Save the assembly

• Orient the assembly as shown below

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 355

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 12: Assemble the batteries.

• Orient the assembly as shown in the previous figure

• Turn off the display of the datum planes
• Pick the Add Component icon
• Pick the part called ‘4455-003.prt’ then pick Open
• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the first constraint type to Insert
• In the small window pick this surface

• In the large window pick the surface shown below

Pick this surface

Page 356 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the second constraint type to Align
• Pick this surface of the battery

• Pick this surface in the assembly

• Pick OK in the dialog box

• Repeat this task to assemble another battery (flip the second battery over)
• Save the assembly
• The result is shown below

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 357

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 13: Assemble the battery cover.

• Turn on the display of the datum axes

• Pick the Add Component icon
• Pick the part called ‘4455-007.prt’ then pick Open
• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the first constraint type to Align
• In the small window pick this axis

• In the large window pick this axis

• In the Component Placement
dialog box, set the second
constraint type to Mate
• Pick this surface in the assembly
• Pick this surface in the part

Page 358 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

• Pick the word Coincident next to the Mate constraint, then use the pull-down menu
and select the 0.0 then enter < 0.55 > for the offset value (be sure to press ‘enter’)
• Pick OK in the dialog box
• The completed assembly is shown below
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Congratulations! You have come a long way in a short time.
• Save the assembly
• Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 359

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Model Cosmetics

Introduction
Pro/ENGINEER models can be cosmetically enhanced using a variety of tools. These include
Cross-Sections, Exploded Assembly Views, and Model Colors.

Cross-Sections
Cross-sections are created in part or assembly models. These cross-sections are used on detail
drawings to create section views. The angle, spacing, and line style of the crosshatching can be
modified. Examples of assembly cross-sections are shown below.

SECTION A-A

Page 360 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Creating Cross-Sections
To create cross-sections in part or assembly models, pick View, View Manager or pick the icon
shown above. The Xsec tab of the View Manager is used to create and maintain cross-sections.
Pick New to create a new cross-section as shown below. Both Planar and Offset cross-sections
can be created. Planar cross-sections are created by selecting a datum plane. Offset cross-
sections are created by sketching the section.

In the Xsec tab of the

View Manager, pick
New to create a new
cross-section

In the Xsec Create menu,

choose the type of cross-
section you want to create,
then pick Done

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 361

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Cross-Section Visibility
Cross-sections can be made ‘visible’ and set as ‘active’ using the Display pull down menu in the
Xsec tab of the View Manager. When a cross-section is ‘visible’, the crosshatching is displayed
in the graphics window. When a cross-section is made ‘active’, the model is clipped at the cross-
section as shown below.

The Xsec tab of the View Manager is shown below.

In the Display pull down menu …

Pick here to make the

selected cross-section active

Pick here to make the

selected cross-section visible

Pick here to show the

crosshatching for the
selected cross-section

Visible Cross-Section Active Cross-Section

Page 362 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Assembly Cross-Sections
In assembly models, the View Manager six tabs as shown below. The Xsec tab is used to create
assembly cross-sections as shown below. You must select an assembly datum plane to create a
planar cross-section in an assembly model.

In the Xsec tab of the

View Manager …

Pick New to create a new

cross-section

The cross-sections are

listed here

Press and hold the right mouse

button for the shortcut menu

Enter a description for

the cross-section here

An Assembly cross-section
set to Active and Visible

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 363

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Exploded Assembly Views

Assembly models can be ‘exploded’ by picking View, Explode, Explode View. The components
of the assembly will ‘explode’ to the system default position. To ‘unexplode’ an assembly, pick
View, Explode, Unexplode View.

To modify the exploded view of an assembly, use the View Manager. In the View Manager
pick the Explode tab as shown below, then redefine the default exploded view or pick New.

Pick Position in the small menu, then use the Explode Position dialog box to create a nice
exploded view. The Explode Position dialog box is shown on the next page.

An exploded view of the project assembly is shown below.

The Explode tab of

the View Manager
is used to redefine
the exploded view

Exploded Assembly View

Page 364 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Exploded Assembly Views (continued)

When working with the exploded view of an assembly, the Explode Position dialog box is used
as shown below. This same dialog box is used when changing the exploded view on a detail
drawing.

Set the motion type here

Pick here to set the

motion reference

Pick Preferences for the

move options

Pick the desired move

option in the
Preferences dialog box

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 365

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Model Colors
Color can be added to part and/or assembly models by picking View, Color and Appearance.
The Appearance Editor dialog box is used to create and apply colors and is shown below.

Pick the ‘+’ sign to

create a new color
Pick the
appropriate color

Pick the assignment

type here

Pick Apply to add the

selected color to the
selected object

Pick this box

to edit the color

Page 366 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Model Colors (continued)

When creating new colors, the Color Editor is used to specify the color as shown below.

Pick Color Wheel

Pick a color

Enter RGB values

for the color here

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 367

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 15 – MODEL COSMETICS

Goal

The goal of this exercise is to add cosmetics to the project assembly.

Task 1: Create a cross-section in a part model.

• Open the part called ‘4455-004.prt’

• Pick the View Manager icon on the top toolbar
• Pick the Xsec tab in the View Manager
• Pick New to create a new cross-section
• Enter < A > for the name of the cross-section (be sure to press ‘enter’)
• Pick Done in the small menu
• Read the message in the message area
• Pick the RIGHT datum plane in the model tree
• In the View Manager, press and hold the right mouse button and select Visibility in
the popup menu
• Notice the cross-section is displayed
• In the View Manager, double pick the cross-section ‘A’ to make it Active
• Notice the part is cut by the cross-section
• Close the View Manager
• Shade and spin the model, notice the cross-section remains displayed
• Pick the View Manager icon again
• In the View Manager, press and hold the right mouse button and select Unset
Visibility in the popup menu
• In the View Manager, double pick No Cross Section

Page 368 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

• Pick New to create another new cross-section

• Enter < B > for the name of the cross-section (be sure to press ‘enter’)
• Pick Done in the small menu
• Read the message in the message area
• Pick the FRONT datum plane in the model tree
• In the View Manager, press and hold the right mouse button and select Visibility in
the popup menu
• Notice the cross-section is displayed
• In the View Manager, press and hold the right mouse button and select Redefine in
the popup menu
• Pick Hatching in the small menu
• Pick Spacing, Value
• Enter < 1 > for the cross hatching spacing
• Pick Done, Done/Return
• Close the View Manager
• Save the part
• Close the window

Task 2: Create a cross-section in the assembly model.

• Open the assembly called ‘4455-010.asm’

• Pick the View Manager icon
• Pick the Xsec tab in the View Manager
• Pick New to create a new cross-section
• Enter < A > for the name of the cross-section (be sure to press ‘enter’)
• Pick Done in the small menu
• Pick ASM_RIGHT in the model tree
• In the View Manager, double pick the cross-section ‘A’ to make it Active

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 369

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Notice the assembly is cut by the cross-section

• In the View Manager, double pick No Cross Section
• Close the View Manager
• Save the assembly

Task 3: Explode the assembly model.

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation

• Pick View, Explode, Explode View
• The default exploded view is shown below

Task 4: Redefine the default exploded view.

• Turn off the display of the datum planes

• Turn on the display of the datum axes
• Pick the View Manager icon
• Pick the Explode tab in the View Manager

Page 370 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

• In the View Manager, press and hold the right mouse button and select Redefine in
the popup menu
• Pick Position in the small menu
• In the Explode Position dialog box, pick the Reset button
• Select each part in the model tree and watch as they snap to their unexploded
positions in the assembly
• In the Explode Position dialog box, pick the Translate button
• Pick any axis in the model, be careful when picking
• Turn off the display of the datum axes
• Pick any part, and drag it to a new location in the window
• Drag each part to create a nice exploded view as shown below
• After completing the view, pick OK in the Explode Position dialog box
• Pick Done/Return in the small menu
• Close the View Manager
• Save the assembly

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 371

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 5: Add colors to the assembly.

• Be sure the assembly is exploded to make it easier to see each part

• Pick View, Color and Appearance
• In the Appearance Editor dialog box, pick the ‘+’ sign as shown below
• In the Appearance Editor dialog box, pick in the Color section as shown below

Pick the ‘+’ sign to

create a new color

Pick this box

to edit the color

Page 372 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

• In the Color Editor dialog box, pick Color Wheel then pick a color from the wheel

Pick Color Wheel

Pick a color

• Pick Close in the Color Editor dialog box

• In the Appearance Editor dialog box, select Components in the Assignment pull
down menu
• Pick a part to add color to then click the middle mouse button
• Pick Apply in the Appearance Editor dialog box
• Repeat this process to add color to each part of the assembly as appropriate
• After adding color to all the parts of the assembly, pick Close in the Appearance
Editor dialog box
• Pick View, Explode, Unexplode View
• Save the assembly and Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 373

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Engineering Info and Analysis

The Info Menu and Toolbar

Many different types of information can be obtained from the system. The Info commands are
used to get information about the model, session, and other objects. The Info menu and the Info
toolbar are shown below.

Bill of materials for assemblies

Feature info, component info, model

info are here

Start the Global Reference Viewer

Toggle dimension display symbol/value

Get a list of all the features in the model

Feature Info
List objects ‘in session’ and
in current working directory Feature List

Use Message Log to see all Switch Dimensions

messages, warnings, and Bill Of Materials
errors for the current session
Parent / Child

Component Info

Cable Info

The Info Toolbar

Page 374 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

The Information Window

When using the Info menu, the information is displayed
in the Browser window in HTML format with links to
the various references of the object. When you pick a
link, the appropriate geometry is highlighted in the
graphics window. Use the config.pro option shown
below to control the format used to display information.
info_output_format html, text

The Browser window displays

feature info in HTML format

The feature’s parents and

children are listed here

Pick any link

and the appropriate
geometry is highlighted
in the graphics window

Pick here to get information

about the reference

Pick here to close the window

Layer information for

the feature is listed here

Pick any dimension to

highlight it in the
graphics window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 375

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Assembly BOM
The information window displays the bill of materials in HTML format.

Highlight in the graphics window

Access Information about the component
Open the component in a separate window

Page 376 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

The Analysis Menu and Toolbar

The Analysis commands are used for measurements, mass property calculations, and other
special analyses. Using the Measure command, many types of measurements can be performed.
Use the Model Analysis command to calculate model properties such as mass, surface area,
center of gravity, etc.

The Analysis menu and the Analysis toolbar are shown below.

Use Measure to
measure the model

Use Model Analysis to

calculate mass properties

Use the Geometry menu

to analyze the curvature of
edges and surfaces

Measure

Model Properties

Curve Analysis

Surface Curvature

User-Defined Analysis

Motion Analysis

Excel Analysis

Sensitivity Study

Optimization Study

The Analysis Toolbar

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 377

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Model Analysis
Pick Analysis, Model Analysis, or pick the icon shown above, to calculate mass properties of
parts and assemblies. Interference and clearance between parts in an assembly can also be
calculated using this command.

The Model Analysis dialog box is shown below.

Select the type of analysis here

Set the accuracy here

Set the coordinate system here

Analysis results are shown here

Pick Compute or click the middle

mouse button to perform the analysis

Close the dialog box

Page 378 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Measuring the Model

Pick Analysis, Measure, or pick the icon shown above, to measure distances, edge lengths,
angles, areas, and diameters. Distances can be measured in a straight line or relative to a
coordinate system using a ‘projection reference’. The Measure dialog box is shown below.

Pick here to set the measurement type

Pick here to perform the

measurement

Pick here to show the results in

the information window

For distance measurements

set the ‘From’ and ‘To’
and the type of projection

Pick here to perform the measurement

Pick here to close the dialog box

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 379

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

The Model Player

The Model Player is a tool used to ‘play back’ the history of the model, to determine how the
model was constructed. Each feature of the model can be displayed and/or regenerated one at a
time. This dialog box can be used to step through the model, fast-forward and rewind the model,
with or without regenerating the features.

Pick Tools, Model Player to access the Model Player dialog box. Pick Show Dims to show the
dimensions of the current feature. Pick Fix Model to enter Resolve Mode. Go directly to any
feature by entering the feature number in the dialog box.

Pick Close to close the dialog box at the current location of the model’s history. If the model
player is not at the end of the model, you are put into Insert Mode automatically. Pick Finish to
play the model to the end and then close the dialog box.

The Model Player is shown below.

Stop

One step back One step forward

Beginning of model End of model

Enter any feature

number here

Page 380 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

EXERCISE 16 – ENGINEERING INFO AND ANALYSIS

Goal

The goal of this exercise is to become familiar with the Info and Analysis
commands.

Task 1: Get a list of all features in a part.

• Open the part called ‘4455-005.prt’

• Pick Info, Feature List
• Read the information displayed in the Browser window
• Close the Browser window (pick the right border of the window to close it)

Task 2: Get the information about a specific feature.

• Pick Info, Feature

• Pick the Extrude 1 feature in the model tree
• Read the information displayed in the Browser window
• Close the Browser window

Task 3: Get the model information about the current part.

• Pick Info, Model

• Read the information displayed in the Browser window
• Close the Browser window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 381

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 4: View the message log.

• Pick Info, Session Info, Message Log

• Read the information displayed in the Message Log window
• Pick Close in the Message Log window

Task 5: Get a list of all the objects in session.

• Pick Info, Session Info, Object List

• Read the information displayed in the Information window
• Pick Close in the Information window

Task 6: Get the parent and child information about features in the part.

• Be sure the datum planes are being displayed in the part

• Pick Info, Parent/Child, then pick the RIGHT datum plane in the model tree
• In the Reference Information Window, notice this feature has no parents
• Pick Close in the Reference Information Window
• Pick Info, Parent/Child, then pick the Sketch 1 feature in the model tree
• In the Reference Information Window, notice this feature has parents and children
• In the Reference Information Window, pick on one of the parents, it highlights in
the graphics window
• In the Reference Information Window, pick the child, it highlights in the graphics
window
• Pick Close in the Reference Information Window

Page 382 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Task 7: Calculate the mass properties of a part.

• Pick Analysis, Model Analysis

• Be sure the Type is set to Model Mass Properties
• Pick Compute in the Model Analysis dialog box
• Enter < 0.0001 > for the part’s density (metric tons per mm3)
• Pick Info in the Model Analysis dialog box as shown below
• Read the information displayed in the Information Window
• Pick Close in the Information Window
• Pick Close in the Model Analysis dialog box

The results are listed here

Pick Info here

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 383

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 8: Measure the model.

• Pick Analysis, Measure

• In the Measure dialog box, set the measure type to ‘Distance’
• Set the From Definition to ‘Plane’
• Set the To Definition to ‘Plane’
• Pick as shown below to perform the measurement
• After completing a few measurements, pick Close in the Measure dialog box

Set the type of

measurement here

Set the ‘From Definition’

here
Pick here to start the
measurement
then pick the plane of Set the ‘To Definition’
the part you want to here
measure from
then pick the plane of
the part you want to
measure to
The results are listed here

Page 384 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Task 9: Replay the history of the part.

• Pick Tools, Model Player

• Pick in the Model Player as shown below

Pick here to go to the

beginning of the model

• Pick here to step through the model

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 385

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Step through several features then pick Show Dims and/or Feat Info

Pick Show Dims

and/or Info Feat

• Pick Finish to return to the model

• Pick File, Close Window

Task 10: Get the component information in the project assembly.

• Open the assembly called ‘4455-010.asm’

• Pick Info, Component
• Select any part in the assembly
• Pick each constraint in the Component Constraints dialog box to highlight the
constraints for that component, then pick Apply
• Read the information displayed in the Browser window
• Close in the Browser window
• Pick Close in the Component Constraints dialog box

Page 386 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Task 11: Get the BOM for the project assembly.

• Pick Info, Bill of Materials

• Pick OK in the BOM dialog box
• The BOM is listed in the Browser window as shown below
• Close the Browser window

Task 12: Check the assembly for interference.

• Pick Analysis, Model Analysis

• In the Model Analysis dialog box, set the analysis Type to Global Interference
• Pick Compute in the Model Analysis dialog box

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 387

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• The results are shown below, your results may be different (you may not have any
interference in your assembly, congratulations!)

• Pick Close in the Model Analysis dialog box

• Close the window

Page 388 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Layers

Introduction
Layers are a way of organizing features in a part, components in an assembly, and entities in
drawings. Datum features such as planes and axes go onto a layer automatically, even if the layer
does not exist when the feature is created. In an assembly, layers can be created and the parts can
be added to the layers manually. The layer commands Hide and Unhide are described below.
• When using the Hide command on a layer, the contents of the layer are not displayed.
• When using the Unhide command on a layer, the contents are displayed.

To work with layers pick Show, Layer Tree at the top of the model tree or pick the icon shown
above. The model tree and the Layer Tree are shown below.

In the model tree, pick Show, Layer Tree

to display the Layer Tree

The Model Tree

The Layer Tree

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 389

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Using Layers
To Hide a layer, select the layer in the Layer Tree then press and hold the right mouse button
and select Hide in the popup menu as shown below. When a layer is hidden in a top-level
assembly, all layers with identical names in the component parts and sub-assemblies are hidden
as well. Using the Hide (or Unhide) commands on a layer at the part level hides (or unhides)
that layer only.

To make layer display changes permanent, pick Save Status in the right mouse button popup
menu in the Layer Tree as shown below. Use the Save Status command before saving the
model.

Select the layer first

then pick Hide in the
popup menu

Pick Layer Properties

to add or remove items
to/from the layer

Pick Save Status to

make layer display
changes permanent

Notes

After changing the display status of a layer, use the View, Repaint
command to update the graphics window. To make layer display changes
permanent, pick Save Status in the right mouse button popup menu in
the Layer Tree before saving the model.

Page 390 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

The Layer Tree

There are three pull-down menus at the top of the Layer Tree as shown below and on the next
page. The Show menu is used to toggle back and forth between the Model Tree and the Layer
Tree.

Layers can be expanded to list

the features that are on the layers
This layer is displayed
This layer is hidden (not displayed)

Toggle on/off the Model Tree /

Layer Tree here
Expand and collapse tree
branches here
Control what’s displayed in the
Layer Tree here
Use the Find command to locate
features or components

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 391

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

The Layer Tree (continued)

The Layer Tree has three pull-down menus as shown below and on the previous page. The
Layers menu is used to add and remove layers, and to manipulate layers and their contents.

The Settings menu is used to control which layers are listed in the Layer Tree, edit the current
layer setup file, and set the item selection preferences for the layer as shown below.

Create new layers here

Edit the selected layer’s

properties here

Delete the selected

layer here

Purge the selected layer

Cut, Copy, and

Paste are here

Get information about

the selected layer here

Control the layers listed

in the Layer Tree here

Set the selection preferences here

Propagate the display status

to sub-layers (on/off)

Edit and save the model’s

default layer setup file here

Page 392 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Layer Types
There are five different types of layers: Simple, Default, Rules, Nested, and Same Name. Each
of these has a different function and uses a unique icon in the Layer Tree. The icons used in the
Layer Tree are shown below.

Simple Layer

Default Layer

Rules Layer

Nested Layer

Same Name Layer

Layer Tree Icons

Simple Layer
A simple layer is created by the user, and items are manually added to the layer.

Default Layer
A default layer is created by the system, and the items are automatically added to the layer. The
configuration option DEF_LAYER controls the names of these default layers and the items that
go on them.

Rules Layer
Rule based layers can be created to define specific requirements for the items belonging to the
layer.

Nested Layer
A nested layer is a layer that contains other layers. For example, the all_datums layer could
contain the layers for axes, planes, points, etc.

Same Name Layer

In an assembly, layers with the same name are collected together in the Layer Tree. This is
called a ‘Same Name’ layer.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 393

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Layer Properties
The Layer Properties dialog box is used for managing layers and their contents. The dialog box
has three tabs: Contents, Rules, and Notes as shown below.

The layer name is here

Enter a layer ID here

The Contents tab lists each

item belonging to the layer

Use Include to add

items to the layer

Use Remove to remove the

selected item from the layer

Use the Notes tab to add

comments to the layer

Remove the notes here

Insert a saved note here

Save the current note to a file

Page 394 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

The Hidden Items Layer and the View Visibility Commands

The View, Visibility, Hide command uses a special layer to control the status of the hidden
items. This gives you control over whether the View, Visibility, Hide command is permanent or
not. After using the View, Visibility, Hide command, then use View, Visibility, Save Status to
make the hidden items permanently hidden. Use the View, Visibility, Unhide command to re-
display hidden items.

A special layer, called Hidden Items, exists in each model to control the View, Visibility, Hide
command. When you Hide an item, the layer is automatically created, the items are added to the
layer, and the layer is hidden.

If you want the Hide command to be permanent, you must use the Save Status command in the
View, Visibility menu or the right mouse button popup menu in the Layer Tree as shown below
before saving the model.

The Hidden Items layer is always

listed at the top of the Layer Tree

To make the View, Visibility, Hide

command permanent, you must pick
Save Status in the layer tree popup
menu or in the View, Visibility menu

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 395

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 17 - LAYERS

Goal

The goal of this exercise is to become familiar with layers.

Task 1: Work with layers in an existing part.

• Open the part called ‘4455-008.prt’

• Turn on the display of the datum planes and axes
• In the model tree pick Show, Layer Tree
• To hide the three default datum planes, select the layer called DTM_MAJOR then
press and hold the right mouse button and select Hide
• Repaint the window, notice the three default datum planes are no longer displayed,
and notice the icon in the Layer Tree is different for the blanked layer
• To unhide the three default datum planes, select the layer called DTM_MAJOR then
press and hold the right mouse button and select Unhide
• Repaint the window, notice the three default datum planes are now displayed
• To hide the additional datum planes, select the layer called DTM_PLN then press and
hold the right mouse button and select Hide
• Repaint the window, notice the other datum planes are no longer displayed
• To unhide the additional datum planes, select the layer called DTM_PLN then press
and hold the right mouse button and select Unhide
• Repaint the window, notice the other datum planes are now displayed
• To hide the datum axes, select the layer called DTM_AXIS then press and hold the
right mouse button and select Hide, then repaint the window
• To unhide the datum axes, select the layer called DTM_AXIS then press and hold the
right mouse button and select Unhide, then repaint the window
• Close the window

Page 396 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Task 2: Work with layers in a new part.

• Pick File, New, enter < 4455-201 > for the name of the part then pick OK
• Pick the Layers icon and notice the names of the layers in the Layer Tree
• Create a datum plane offset from RIGHT by 1000 units
• Take note of the layer names, a new layer was created for the new datum plane
• Create a datum axis at the intersection of RIGHT and TOP
• Take note of the layer names, a new layer was created for the axis
• Pick the layers called DTM_PLN and DTM_AXIS then pick Hide in the right mouse
button popup menu, then repaint the window to update the display
• Take note that the default datum planes are on the layer called DTM_MAJOR and all
additional datum planes are added to the layer called DTM_PLN
• Save the part and read the messages in the message area
• Pick File, Erase, Current then pick Yes
• Open the part called ‘4455-201.prt’
• Pick the Layers icon, are the layers still hidden? Do you know why not?
• Pick the layers called DTM_PLN and DTM_AXIS then pick Hide in the right mouse
button popup menu
• Pick Save Status in the right mouse button popup menu in the Layer Tree
• Save the part and read the messages in the message area
• Pick File, Erase, Current then pick Yes
• Open the part called ‘4455-201.prt’
• Pick the Layers icon, are the layers still hidden? Do you know why?
• Close the window

Note

The use of a template part with the proper layer setup is required for the
layers to be created automatically.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 397

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 3: Work with layers in the project assembly.

• Open the assembly called ‘4455-010.asm’

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Turn off the display of the datum axes, be sure the datum planes are being displayed
• As you can see, the more components in an assembly, the more difficult it is to see the
solid geometry. Layers are used to control part datum display from the assembly level.
• Pick the Layers icon
• Pick DTM_MAJOR and DTM_PLN then pick Hide in the popup menu
• Repaint the window to update the display, notice the assembly datum planes are the
only planes displayed
• To hide the three default datum planes in the assembly, pick ASM_DTM, pick Hide
in the right mouse button popup menu, then repaint the screen
• To unhide the three default datum planes in one of the components, select the plus
sign next to DTM_MAJOR in the Layer Tree, then pick 4455-008, then pick Unhide
in the right mouse button popup menu, then repaint the screen

FRONT

RIGHT
TOP

• The result, shown above, is how the layers should be set before creating features in
one of the parts at the assembly level to avoid picking datum planes in the wrong part
for references
• Unhide all the layers and Close the window

Page 398 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 4

Task 4: Using Save Status.

• Open the assembly called ‘4455-010.asm’

• In the model tree, pick the part called ‘4455-005.prt’ then press and hold the right
mouse button and select Hide in the popup menu
• Notice the hidden component in the assembly

• Save the assembly and read the messages in the message area
• Pick File, Erase, Current then pick OK
• Open the assembly called ‘4455-010.asm’ again
• Is the component still hidden? Do you know why not?
• In the model tree, pick the part called ‘4455-005.prt’ then press and hold the right
mouse button and select Hide in the popup menu
• Pick View, Visibility, Save Status
• Save the assembly and read the messages in the message area
• Pick File, Erase, Current then pick OK
• Open the assembly called ‘4455-010.asm’ again
• Is the component still hidden? Do you know why?
• Pick View, Visibility, Unhide All then pick View, Visibility, Save Status
• Save the assembly and Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 399

Section 4 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

ADDITIONAL EXERCISES
The following exercises are recommended and can be found in Appendix A.

• Exercise 33 – Assembly Completion

• Exercise 34 – Offset Cross-Section

REVIEW QUESTIONS
Answer the following questions.

1. List four common assembly constraints.

2. What is the difference between Mate and Align?
3. What is a ‘surface normal’?
4. What is the ‘Default’ assembly constraint?
5. How do you hide a component in an assembly?
6. How do you make the Hide command permanent?
7. How do you create a cross-section in a model?
8. What is an ‘exploded view’?
9. What command is used add color to a model?
10. What command is used to measure the model?
11. How do you create a bill of materials for an assembly model?
12. How do you calculate the mass properties of a model?
13. What is the Model Player?
14. How do you check for interference in an assembly model?
15. What are Layers used for?
16. What is the Layer Tree?
17. What does it mean to ‘hide’ a layer?
18. What does the Save Status command in the Layer Tree right mouse button popup
menu do?
19. Name five different types of layers.
20. What types of features are automatically assigned to layers?

Page 400 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Section 5

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 401

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Page 402 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Parameters and Relations

Introduction
Pro/ENGINEER is a parametric modeling system. Parameters are created by the system as
features are created, for items such as dimensions and tolerances. The user can create additional
parameters for items such as material, finish, and any other design criteria. Each parameter has a
name and a corresponding value. Pick Info, Switch Dimensions to toggle the display of
dimensions between the names and the values.

Parameters can be related to each other using Relations. Relations are algebraic expressions that
are created in the model similar to a small computer program.

Examples of Parameters and Relations are shown below.

Name Value d1 = d2 + d7 + d8
MATERIAL STEEL
d3 = d4 + 1.25
FINISH GOLD PLATING
CLASS A d12 = SPACING
CIRCUITS 25
SPACING 12.250 d6 = CIRCUITS / 2
CUSTOMER NASA
if d2 = = 10
SHIELD YES d3 = 2.5
BASE NO endif
Parameters Relations

The Tools menu is used to work with Parameters and Relations as shown below.

Relations and Parameters

are in the Tools menu

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 403

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Parameters
There are two main categories of parameters, ‘system’ parameters and ‘user’ parameters.

System Parameters
System parameters are created automatically by the system and include dimensions, tolerances,
and the number of instances in a pattern. Dimensions have names assigned by the system such as
d0, d1, and d2. Tolerances have names such as tpm0, tpm1, etc. Pattern instance parameters are
named p0, p1, p2, and so on.

Reserved Parameters
There are several system parameters that are reserved and cannot be changed:
• G is set to 32.2 or 9.81 (gravity) for inch and
metric models respectively.
• PI (π) is set to 3.14159.
• C1, C2, C3, and C4 are reserved for the system.

User Parameters
User parameters are created and modified using the Parameters dialog box. To access this dialog
box, pick Tools, Parameters. There are four types of user parameters:

Integer A numeric value, such as 10 or 25, whole numbers only.

Real Number A numeric value, such as 10 or 25.125. Decimal points are allowed.
String A descriptive text string, such as material or finish. Spaces are allowed.
Yes No A Yes or No value. On drawings these can be displayed as true/false or
yes/no.

Parameter Access
User parameters have several different access levels that can be applied to them. These include:
• Full
• Locked
• Unlocked
• Restricted

Page 404 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

The Parameters Dialog Box

The Parameters dialog is shown below and is used to:

• Select the type of parameters to work with: Assembly, Part, Feature, etc.
• Create and delete parameters.
• Modify parameter values by typing in the appropriate cell of the dialog box.
• Designate parameters for use with Pro/INTRALINK by adding the appropriate
checkmark in the Designate column.
• Set the desired access for each parameter.
• Set the desired units for each parameter.
• Alter the mass properties of the model.
• Add descriptions to and sort the parameters.

The type of parameter

is chosen here

The current object is

listed here

Sort the parameters by

selecting here

The parameters are

listed here

Set the units here

Add and delete

parameters here

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 405

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

The Parameters Dialog Box (continued)

In the Parameters dialog box, use the Look In pull down menu to select the location of the
parameters you want to work with. Parameter locations include Part, Assembly, Feature, Edge,
and many others.

At the bottom of the dialog box, set the class of parameters for the dialog box. Parameter classes
include Main, Alternate Mass Properties, and Reported Mass Properties. Main is the default,
and lists the user parameters. Use the Alternate Mass Properties to override the mass property
values calculated by the system. Use Reported Mass Properties to access the system parameters
created during mass property calculations. Model mass properties are calculated using Analysis,
Model Analysis.

The Parameters dialog box is shown below.

Set the units of the parameters here

Enter a description for the parameters here
Select the access for the parameters here

Use this pull down

menu to select the
type of parameter you
want to work with

Use this pull down menu to set

the class of parameters being
displayed in the dialog box

Page 406 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Relations
Relations are algebraic expressions that relate dimensions and/or other parameters in a part or
assembly model. Relations are a way to capture and document the design intent of the model.

There are four different locations where relations can be created: Parts, Assemblies, Features, and
Patterns.

Part Relations
Part relations are created in part models to relate feature dimensions and/or parameters. By
default, part relations are evaluated at the beginning of regeneration of the model. The example
shown below is a typical relation created so the width (d3) is equal to twice the height (d4). Only
the d4 dimension can be modified. The d3 dimension cannot be directly modified, it is controlled
by the d4 dimension through the relation.

d4 d3 = d4 * 2
Part Relation

d3

Assembly Relations
Assembly relations are created in assembly models to relate component dimensions and/or
parameters to each other. By default, assembly relations are evaluated at the beginning of
regeneration of the model. In the project assembly, a relation is written to keep the size of the
hole for the battery equal to the size of the battery plus some clearance as shown below.

d21:2 d3:6

d21:2 = d3:6 + 0.50

Assembly Relation

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 407

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Feature Relations
Feature relations, also called ‘Section’ relations, are created in the sketcher to relate sketch
dimensions to each other and/or to parameters in the part. These are similar to part relations, but
are evaluated when the feature regenerates.

sd4 sd3 = sd4 * 2

Feature Relation

sd3

Pattern Relations
Pattern relations are created to relate special system parameters for patterns. This allows features
to be patterned using equations similar to a small computer program. An example of a part using
pattern relations is shown below.

if (-1)^idx1 = = –1
memb_v = .191
else
memb_v = .303
endif
Pattern Relations

Relation Comments
Relations can include ‘comment lines’ to describe the purpose for the relation. The comment line
must precede the relation line and begin with these characters: /*

/* This sets the hole diameter to the battery diameter.

d21:2 = d3:6 + 0.50
Relation With Comments

Page 408 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

The Relations Dialog Box

The Relations dialog box is shown below and is used to:
• Select the type of relations to work with: Assembly, Part, Feature, Pattern, etc.
• Determine when the relations are evaluated by the system.
• Add and edit relations in the dialog box.

Select the type of

relations here

Add and edit the

relations here

Pick here to access

the Parameters

Determine when
the relations are
evaluated here

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 409

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

The Relations Dialog Box (continued)

The Relations dialog box contains many unique icons as shown below.

Add
Subtract
Multiply
Divide
Exponentiation
Parenthesis
Brackets
Equal

Switch dims Verify the relations

Evaluate expressions Sort the relations

Highlight dimensions Insert units from a list

Make the relations unit sensitive Insert parameters from a list

Insert system functions from a list

Page 410 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

The Relations Dialog Box (continued)

Pick the icon to access the Evaluate Expression dialog box as shown below.

Enter the expression here

Pick Evaluate

The result is shown here

Pick the icon to access the Show Dimension dialog box as shown below.

Enter the symbolic name

of the dimension you are
looking for here
then pick OK

Pick the icon to add system functions to the relations from a list as shown below.

Pick the desired function

then pick Close

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 411

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Functions and Operators in Relations

The following arithmetic operators are valid in relations.

+ Addition
- Subtraction
/ Division
* Multiplication
^ Exponentiation
( ) Use parentheses for grouping

The following comparison operators are valid in ‘if’ statements:

== Equal to
!= Not equal to
~= Not equal to
> Greater than
< Less than
>= Greater than or equal to
<= Less than or equal to
| Or
& And
~ Not
! Not

The following mathematical functions may be used in relations:

sin Sine function

cos Cosine function
tan Tangent function
asin Arc sin function
acos Arc cos function
atan Arc tan function
sinh Hyperbolic sine function
cosh Hyperbolic cosine function
tanh Hyperbolic tangent function
sqrt Square root
log Base 10 log function
ln Natural log function
exp e to an exponential degree
ceil Ceiling: the next higher integer
floor Floor: the next lower integer

Page 412 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Logic Statements
Logic statements can be included in relations. Parameter values can be tested and the system can
perform actions based on the results of the test. Some examples are shown.
if d2 > = 5 Test to see if d2 is greater than or equal to 5
d6 = 90
else If it is, set d6 to 90
d6 = 45
endif If d2 is less than 5, set d6 to 45

if material = = “Brass”
d24 = .125 When testing for a string parameter,
endif include it in double quotes

if material = = “Steel”
d24 = .100
endif

Motion
If the design has moving parts, you can include this motion as part of the design intent. Using
relations, any part can be programmed to move during regeneration of the part. Any type of
motion can be created using relations. The following relations can be used to animate the
oscillating motion of an air cylinder.
max = 75
min = 15 These relations cause oscillating motion
incr = 5 between the max and min values
if d7 > = max
$dir = -1 Each regeneration causes the air
endif cylinder to move by one increment.
if d7 < = min
$dir = 1 Multiple regenerations cause
endif oscillating motion between
d7 = d7 + (incr * $dir ) the max and min values.

d7
COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 413
Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 18 - PARAMETERS AND RELATIONS

Goal

The goal of this exercise is to become familiar with parameters and

relations.

Task 1: Create a part relation.

• Open the part called ‘lab18-1.prt’ from the ‘labs’ folder

• Pick the protrusion in the model tree then pick Edit in the right mouse button popup
menu
• Pick Tools, Relations
• Notice the dimension names are displayed
• In the Relations dialog box, enter < d3 = d4 * 2 > ( do not enter the < > symbols )
• Pick OK in the dialog box
• Pick the Regenerate icon
• Pick the protrusion in the model tree then pick Edit in the right mouse button popup
menu
• Double pick the 20 dimension, read the message in the message area
• Double pick the 10 dimension and enter a new value
• Pick the Regenerate icon
• Did the part update correctly?
• Save the part
• Close the window

Page 414 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Task 2: Create assembly relations.

• This relation will set the diameter of the holes on the bottom part (4455-004) equal to
the diameter of the battery (4455-003) plus 0.5 mm clearance
• Open the assembly called ‘4455-010.asm’
• Explode the view using View, Explode, Explode View
• Spin and zoom the model so you can see the bottom of the assembly where the
batteries are located as shown below
• Set the selection filter to Features
• Pick one of the batteries then press and hold the CTRL key and pick each hole as
shown below

Zoom in on this area

Pick the battery

then CTRL pick here
and here

• Pick Edit in the right mouse button popup menu

• Pick Info, Switch Dimensions, then write down the d#’s for the diameter of each
hole and for the diameter of the battery
• Pick Tools, Relations
• Enter the relations shown below – NOTE: YOUR DIMENSION SYMBOLS WILL
BE DIFFERENT, THIS IS AN EXAMPLE
/* Hole = Battery + 0.5 clearance
d41:4 = d1:18 + 0.5
Substitute your d#’s here
d42:4 = d1:18 + 0.5

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 415

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick OK in the Relations dialog box

• Pick Edit, Regenerate
• Set the selection filter to Features
• Pick one of the batteries then pick Edit in the right mouse button popup menu
• Pick Info, Switch Dimensions
• Double pick the diameter dimension and enter < 7 > for the value
• Pick Edit, Regenerate, did the holes update correctly?
• Measure the diameter of the holes using Analysis, Measure
• Modify the battery diameter to 11.58 and then regenerate the assembly again
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Pick View, Explode, Unexplode View
• Save the assembly and Close the window

Task 3: Create part parameters.

• The purpose of this task is to create parameters for the number of circuit cavities and
for the pitch of an electrical connector housing
• Open the part called ‘lab18-2.prt’ from the ‘labs’ folder
• Pick Tools, Parameters
• In the Parameters dialog box, pick the ‘plus sign’ to create a parameter
• Enter < posn > for the name (don’t include the <> symbols)
• Select Integer for the type of parameter
• Enter < 12 > for the value
• Pick the ‘plus sign’ again
• Enter < pitch > for the name
• Select Real Number for the type of parameter
• Enter < 15.25 > for the value
• Pick OK in the Parameters dialog box

Page 416 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Task 4: Add part relations.

• The purpose of this task is to add relations to control the number of cavities, the
location and pitch of the pattern, and the overall length of the housing based on the
parameters that were just created.
• Pick Tools, Relations
• Enter the comments and relations shown below:

/* set the number of positions

p0 = posn
/* set the pitch
d12 = pitch
/* set the start position of the leader of the pattern
d11 = (( posn – 1 ) * pitch ) / 2
/* set the overall length dimension
d4 = (( posn – 1 ) * pitch ) + 30

• Pick OK in the Relations dialog box

• Pick Edit, Regenerate or pick the icon
• Save the part

Task 5: Test the relations by modifying the posn and/or pitch parameters.

• Pick Tools, Parameters

• Enter < 7 > for the value of the ‘posn’ parameter
• Pick OK in the Relations dialog box
• Pick Edit, Regenerate or pick the icon
• Notice the cavity in the center of the housing
• Pick Tools, Parameters
• Enter < 6 > for the value of the ‘posn’ parameter
• Pick OK in the Relations dialog box

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 417

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick Edit, Regenerate or pick the icon

• Notice the cavities are centered about the datum plane
• Pick Tools, Parameters
• Enter < 15 > for the ‘posn’ parameter
• Enter < 22.60 > for the ‘pitch’ parameter
• Pick OK in the dialog box
• Pick Edit, Regenerate to update the part
• Pick Tools, Parameters
• Enter < 68 > for the ‘posn’ parameter
• Enter < 10.75 > for the ‘pitch’ parameter
• Pick OK in the dialog box
• Pick Edit, Regenerate to update the part
• Create several variations of the part by modifying the parameters
• The results are shown below
• Save the part
• Close the window

Page 418 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Task 6: Create a new part.

• This part is a ‘skeleton’ part for a small compressor assembly

• Pick File, New, enter < skeleton > for the name, then pick OK
• Set the selection filter to Datums
• Pick the FRONT datum plane
• Pick the Sketch icon
• Click the middle mouse button
• Sketch and dimension the circle as shown below

25.00

• Pick the Done icon

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 419

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 7: Create another datum curve.

• Set the selection filter to Datums

• Pick the FRONT datum plane
• Pick the Sketch icon
• Click the middle mouse button
• Sketch, constrain, and dimension the geometry shown below

3.50

3.75

5.00
60

2.00

• Modify the dimension values as shown above using the Modify icon
• Pick the Done icon

Page 420 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Task 8: Create a part parameter.

• This parameter will be used to set the increment of motion for the compressor
• Pick Tools, Parameters
• In the Parameters dialog box, pick the ‘plus sign’ to create a parameter
• Enter < increment > for the name of the parameter
• Pick Integer for the type of parameter
• Enter < 30 > for the value of the parameter
• Pick OK in the Parameters dialog box

Task 9: Add relations to the part. These relations will cause the part to animate during
multiple regenerations of the part.

• Set the selection filter to Features

• Pick the sketch then pick Edit in the right mouse button popup menu as shown below

Pick the sketch here

then pick Edit in the
popup menu

d4
• Pick Info, Switch Dimensions
• Notice the dimension names are d5
displayed, write down the d# of
the angle dimension as shown
d3 Write down the d#
d1
of the angle dim

d2

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 421

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick Tools, Relations

• Enter the relations shown below (use your ‘d#’)

if d1 = = 360 – increment
d1 = 0
else Use your ‘d#’ (it may not be ‘d1’)
d1 = d1 + increment
endif

• Pick OK in the Relations dialog box

• Pick the Regenerate icon to update the model
• Pick the Regenerate icon several times
• Each time the part is regenerated, the motor will increment by 30°
• The message: [Some relations are no longer satisfied in SKELETON for D1] is a
normal system message because of the relations
• The circle is used to size the datum planes to prevent the view from re-sizing during
regeneration
• Save the part

Task 10: Create a mapkey to run the compressor.

• Pick Tools, Mapkeys

• Pick New in the Mapkeys dialog box
• Enter < rr > in the Key Sequence section of the Record Mapkey dialog box
• Pick Record in the Record Mapkey dialog box
• Pick the Regenerate icon about 30 times
• Pick Stop in the Record Mapkey dialog box
• Pick OK in the Record Mapkey dialog box
• Pick Close in the Mapkeys dialog box

Page 422 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Task 11: Run the mapkey.

• Click anywhere in the graphics window

• Type < rr > and the skeleton is set into motion
• Is this cool or what?
• Save the part
• Close the window

Task 12: Modify part parameters using the assembly model tree.

• Open the assembly called ‘4455-010.asm’

• In the model tree pick Settings, Tree Columns
• Pick the Type pull down and select Model Params
• Add the DESCRIPTION parameter to the model tree as shown below then pick OK

Pick this pull-down and

select Model Params

Pick DESCRIPTION

Pick this arrow

Pick OK

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 423

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Expand the size of the model tree to cover the graphics area
• In the model tree, click in the appropriate cell and enter the description parameter for
each component of the assembly as shown below

• Save the assembly

• Close the window

Page 424 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Assembly Drawings

Introduction
After the assembly is completed, an assembly drawing can be created. This drawing usually
includes an exploded view, a bill of materials, and item balloons with leaders pointing to the
appropriate components of the assembly.

See pages 278-303 of this textbook for more information about creating drawings. Read the
textbook titled “Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Detail Drawings and Pro/REPORT” by this author
and publisher for complete details about creating assembly drawings and bill of material reports.

An example assembly drawing is shown below.

CADQUEST HARRISBURG, PA

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 425

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Creating the Bill of Materials Report

On an assembly drawing, a bill of materials can be created using the Pro/REPORT module of
Pro/ENGINEER. The report is a special table that includes a ‘repeat region’ with ‘report
symbols’ as shown below. The report symbols are special system parameters that extract
information from each component of the assembly to automatically create the bill of materials
report.

rpt…qty asm…mbr…User Defined…DESCRIPTION asm…mbr…name rpt…index

QTY DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER ITEM NO.

To create a table, pick Table, Insert, Table. Predefined bill of materials tables can be inserted
into any assembly drawing using the Table, Insert, Table From File command as shown below.

Create a new table

Insert a predefined
table

Save the selected table (.tbl)

Save the selected table as
text (.txt)

Note

A predefined BOM table is included with the exercise files for this textbook
available at www.cadquest.com/download.

Page 426 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

BOM Balloons
After inserting the bill of materials report on the drawing, the item balloons can be created. Pick
Table, BOM Balloons, Set Region then pick anywhere in the table. Next pick Create Balloon
and pick the view where you want to display the BOM balloons. Use the Add Ref Balloon
command to add additional BOM balloons to components on the drawing.

Pick here to create BOM balloons

Pick Add Ref Balloon to create

additional balloons for components
as shown here

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 427

 Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

BOM Balloon Tool

The Clean BOM Balloons dialog box is used to automatically reposition BOM balloons on
assembly drawings. Select the balloons first, then pick Edit, Cleanup BOM Balloons, or use the
icon shown above, or use the right mouse button popup menu as shown below.

After selecting the balloons,

use the popup menu to pick
Cleanup BOM Balloons

The Clean BOM Balloons dialog box is shown below.

Set the distance from the

view border here
Allow staggered
balloons here
Create new snap lines
for the balloons
Set the spacing here
Attachment options are here
Pick Default to make
the current settings the
default values for the
current drawing

Page 428 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

EXERCISE 19 – ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS

Goal

The goal of this exercise is to create the project assembly drawing.

Task 1: Create the assembly drawing.

• Pick File, New, then pick the Drawing button in the New dialog box
• Do not use a template (un-check the Use Default Template option)
• Enter < 4455-010 > for the name of the drawing and pick OK
• Pick Browse at the top of the dialog box then pick 4455-010.asm then pick Open
• Pick ‘Empty with format’
• Pick Browse in the middle of the dialog box, pick d.frm and then pick Open
• Pick OK in the New Drawing dialog box
• The empty drawing is shown below

SCALE 1:1 TYPE: ASSEM NAME:4455-010 SIZE:D

• Be sure the correct model is listed here

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 429

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 2: Add the first view to the drawing.

• Pick the Add General View icon

• Pick as shown below to place the first view

Pick here for

the first view

• In the Drawing View dialog box, scroll down the list of model view names and pick
Top
• Pick OK in the dialog box
• The result is shown below

The first view is a

General view

Page 430 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Task 3: Add two projection views and the exploded view to the drawing.

• Pick the first view, then press and hold the right mouse button and select Insert
Projection View
• Pick below the first view to place the second view
• Pick the second view, then press and hold the right mouse button and select Insert
Projection View
• Pick to the right of the second view to place the third view
• The result is shown below

• Pick the Add General View icon

• Pick here to place the new view
• Pick the Scale category in the Drawing View dialog box
• Pick the Custom Scale button and enter < 1 > for the view scale
• Pick Apply in the Drawing View dialog box
• Pick the View States category in the Drawing View dialog box
• Add the checkmark next to Explode Components in View
• Pick OK in the Drawing View dialog box
• The result is shown on the next page

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 431

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 4: Insert the BOM report and the item balloons.

• Pick Table, Insert, Table From File

• Double pick the folder called ‘misc’ then pick assy_bom_table.tbl then pick Open

• Pick as shown to place the BOM report on the drawing

• Pick Table, BOM Balloons, Set Region then pick anywhere in the BOM table
• Pick Create Balloon and pick the exploded view
• Pick Done in the small menu
• Move each balloon to an appropriate location
• The result is shown on the next page
• Use the example drawing found in Appendix B as a guide to complete the drawing
• Save the drawing
• Close the window

Page 432 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

The Completed Project Assembly

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 433

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Setup and Other Tools

The Setup Menu

The Setup menu includes various model setup commands as listed below. Pick Edit, Setup to
access this menu.

Material Define the material file for the model.

Accuracy Modify the model’s relative accuracy.
Units Change the principal system units or scale of the
part. See the next page.
Name Assign names to features.
Notes Create and edit model notes.
Symbol Add drawing symbols to the model.
Mass Props Assign the density of the model.
Dim Bound Set dimensions to the boundary of the tolerance
range.
Dimension Create driven dimensions on the model.
Ref Dim Create and manage ‘reference’ dimensions.
Shrinkage Used with Pro/MOLDESIGN only.
Geom Tol Create geometric tolerances in the model.
Surf Finish Create surface finish symbols in the model.
Grid Define a ‘model grid’ used for large models.
Tol Setup Specify the tolerance standard for the model.
Interchange Interchange groups are an advanced assembly
technique.
Ref Control Reference control is an advanced assembly technique.
Comp Interface Component interfaces define assembly references in the part.
Designate Designate parameters for use by other systems.
Flexibility Flexibility is an advanced assembly technique.

Page 434 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Changing Model Units

The Units Manager dialog box is used to control the units of the model. In a part or assembly
model, pick Edit, Setup, Units. The System of Units tab of the Units Manager dialog box is
shown below.

Pick Set to make the

selected units the
active units

The arrow Pick New to create

indicates the a new system of units
active units
Pick Copy to copy
the selected units to
a new system of units

After changing the units of a model, the system displays the dialog box shown below. Choose the
appropriate conversion type then pick OK. Using the Convert Dimensions option, the part is
converted to the selected units, the dimension values are changed, and the part regenerates. The
part is the same physical size as before the conversion and has new units. Using the Interpret
Dimensions option, the part is converted to the selected units, the dimension values are not
changed. The part has the same dimension values as before the conversion and has new units.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 435

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Model Density and Mass Properties

The To set the density of a part model, pick Edit, Setup, Mass Props. In the Setup Mass
Properties dialog box, enter the density and change the coordinate system used for mass
property calculations as shown below. Pick Generate Report to calculate the part’s mass
properties and display the results in the Information window as shown below.

Pick here to change

the coordinate
system used

Enter the part’s

density value here
Pick here to run the
Pick OK
mass props analysis

Page 436 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Configuration Files
Configuration files define the default behavior of Pro/ENGINEER. These files are named
‘config.pro’. Pick Tools, Options to access the Options dialog box. The user’s personal
config.pro file is kept in the directory where Pro/ENGINEER is started. A list of all configuration
options can be found in the on-line help system.

The Options dialog box is used to work with configuration files (config.pro), drawing setup files
(setup.dtl), and format setup files (format.dtl). This dialog box is used to perform the following
tasks:
• Edit all config.pro files for the current session.
• Search through the available configuration options.
• Sort options by category or alphabetically.
• Determine which config.pro options have been changed from the default values for
the current session.
• Determine which config.pro is the source file for each option set for the current
session.
• Save configuration files with custom settings for use in other sessions.
• Edit drawing setup files showing current and default values for all options.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 437

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Configuration Files (continued)

To work with configuration files, pick Tools, Options. The Options dialog box is shown below.
Each configuration option is listed with the name, value, status, and description. The source file
for each option can also be shown.

Icons are used to the left of each option to indicate when changes are applied. Each icon is shown
below.

Pro/ENGINEER must be re-started

to apply changes to this option

Changes are applied immediately

Changes are applied to the next

object created

Option is invalid or obsolete

Page 438 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Configuration Files (continued)

To show all options for the current session, pick here. The source file for each option is
shown when ‘Current Session’ is selected.

The Status column indicates applied, conflicting, or changed values for each option as shown
below.

The option is applied

The option has changed and

needs to be applied

The option is conflicting:

set in two config.pro files
and changed for the session

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 439

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Using the Options Dialog Box

In the Options dialog box, the Showing pull-down menu lists each config.pro that was loaded
into the current session. The Sort pull-down menu allows sorting of the options alphabetically or
by category. The example shown below lists all options for the current session and is sorted by
category. Options marked with an asterisk are set to the default value.

Pick here to show all

options for the Pick here to sort
current session by category

Pick here to
add or
change the
selected
option
Pick Find to Select an
search all Pick here to
option here see the valid
available options Pick Apply to
values for
apply any
the selected
changes
option
Pick OK to
apply changes
and close the
dialog box

Page 440 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Using the Options Dialog Box (continued)

Using the Showing pull-down menu, options may be added to and deleted from the selected
config.pro file. As text is entered into the Option box as shown below, the system will use text
matching to complete the option. For example, typing ‘sys’ will complete with the option
‘system_background_color’. After entering a valid value, pick Add/Change to add the option to
the selected config.pro file.

Options may be deleted from the selected config.pro file by selecting the option then selecting
the Delete button.

For options requiring a filename, use the Browse button the select the file using a common
browser dialog box.

Changes will affect the Open other configuration

selected config.pro here files here

Pick Add/Change to add

the selected option to the
selected config.pro file

Pick Delete to remove the

selected option from the
selected config.pro file
COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 441
Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Finding Configurations Options

Pick the Find icon, shown above, to access the Find Options dialog box. Use this dialog box to
review all valid config.pro options. In the example shown below, the dialog box is set to show all
options related to the sketcher.

Enter an asterisk * here

to see all valid options
for the selected category
then pick Find Now

Select the category

here

Pick an option

Select from the

available values

Pick Add/Change

Pick Close

Page 442 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Drawing Setup Files

Each Pro/ENGINEER drawing contains its own ‘setup file’, which controls drawing specific
items such as text height, arrowhead size, balloon size, and many others.

Drawing setup files are edited using the Options editor. Each option is listed with the name,
current value, default value, status, and description. The status icons are similar to the icons used
when editing configuration files.

In a drawing, pick File, Properties, Drawing Options to edit the drawing’s setup file. The
Options dialog box is shown below. Options may be sorted by category (as shown below) or
alphabetically. Drawing setup file options may not be deleted. The Find, Browse, and Delete
buttons are not available when using the Options editor to work with drawing setup file options.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 443

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Mapkeys
Mapkeys are ‘user macros’ which are stored in the config.pro file. Pick Tools, Mapkeys or pick
the icon shown above to create a new mapkey. Mapkeys are created by recording a series of
commands using the mapkey ‘recorder’ (see the next page). All active mapkeys for the current
session are listed in the Mapkeys dialog box as shown below. After creating a mapkey, save it in
the appropriate config.pro file.

Mapkeys can have ‘Names’

Pick New to record a new mapkey

Modify the selected mapkey

Run the selected mapkey here

Delete the selected mapkey from

session

Save the selected mapkey to the

config.pro file

Scroll through the mapkeys with this

scrollbar

After changing mapkeys, you have

the choice of saving the changed
mapkeys or all mapkeys

Close the dialog box here

Page 444 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

The Mapkey Recorder

The Record Mapkey dialog box is shown here. Enter the key sequence for the mapkey: these are
the keyboard characters you want to type to execute the mapkey after it is recorded. Pick Record
to start the recorder. After picking the appropriate commands fore the mapkey, pick Stop to stop
the mapkey recorder, then pick OK.

Pick here to get the list of existing

mapkeys
Enter the keyboard sequence here

Enter the name for the new mapkey

here – this is optional

Enter a description for the mapkey

here – this is optional
How the recorder will
handle system prompts: Pick here to start the recording
The mapkey will record
the keyboard input Pick here to pause the recording

The mapkey will use the Pick Stop to stop the recording
default value for prompts

The user will supply

new input

Useful mapkeys include:

• Printing the current object.
• Creating a hole or other common feature.
• Save the part and Close the window.
• Changing the working directory.
• Toggle on/off all the datums.
• Changing the value of a parameter then regenerating the part.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 445

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 20 – UNITS AND OTHER TOOLS

Task 1: Assign a name to a feature.

• Open the part called ‘lab20-1.prt’ from the ‘labs’ folder

• Quickly pick DTM1 in the model tree three times
• Enter < right >
• Triple pick DTM2 in the model tree then enter < top >
• Triple pick DTM3 in the model tree then enter < front >
• Triple pick the last protrusion in the model tree
• Enter < logo >

Task 2: Set the density of a part.

• Pick Edit, Setup, Mass Props

• Enter < 0.283 > for the density
• Calculate the mass properties by picking Generate Report
• Take note of the Mass
• Close the Information window
• Enter < 0.1 > for the density
• Calculate the mass properties by picking Generate Report
• Take note of the Mass
• Close the Information window
• Pick OK in the Setup Mass Properties dialog box then pick Done
• Save the part
• Close the window

Page 446 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Task 3: Change the units of a part from mm to inch.

• A part was created using millimeters by mistake, it should have been inches
• Open the part called ‘lab20-2.prt’ from the ‘labs’ folder
• Measure the length of any edge of the part using Analysis, Measure, Curve Length
• Write down the measurement
• Pick Edit, Setup, Units
• In the Units Manager dialog box, pick as shown below

Pick Inch lbm Second

Then pick Set

• Pick Interpret Dimensions then pick OK as shown above

• Pick Close in the Units Manager dialog box then pick Done
• Measure the length of the same edge using Analysis, Measure, Curve Length
• The value should be the same, the units are now different
• Save the part

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 447

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 4: Edit the config.pro file and add several configuration options.

• Pick Tools, Options

• In the Options editor, add the Display option as shown below

1. Enter < display > here

3. Pick Add/Change
2. Pick ‘hiddeninvis’ here
4. Pick Apply

• Add several other options as desired

• Pick Apply and Close in the Options editor

Page 448 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Task 5: Record a mapkey.

• Pick Tools, Mapkeys

• Pick New in the Mapkeys dialog box
• Enter < dv > for the key sequence
• Enter < Default View > for the name
• Enter < Orient the model to the default view >
for the description

• Pick Record
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Pick Stop and OK in the Record Mapkey dialog box
• Pick Changed in the Mapkeys dialog box
• Pick the appropriate config.pro then pick OK
• Close the mapkey dialog box
• Spin the model
• Run the mapkey by typing < dv >
• Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 449

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Print and Export Objects

Printing Objects
Pick File, Print or pick the icon shown above to print Pro/ENGINEER objects. This command
creates a print file and sends it to the specified printer or plotter.

Pick the name of the device (the printer or plotter) in the Destination pull down menu and then
pick OK. The Print dialog box is shown below.

Pick here to select

the printer or plotter

For multiple sheet

drawings, set the
sheets option here
Set the number of
copies here

Pick OK to execute
the print command

Page 450 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Exporting Objects
Use File, Save a Copy to export objects to other file types. In the Save a Copy dialog box, use
the Type pull-down to select the type of file to be created as shown below.

Use the Type pull-down to select

the type of file to be created

The types of files that can be exported include:

IGES Create an IGES file in the current working directory. You must specify the
name of the IGES file. This option applies in parts, assemblies, and in
drawings. In part and assembly models you have the option to export
surfaces or wireframe geometry, and must select or create a coordinate
system.
DXF Create a DXF file. This option applies in drawings only.
DWG Create a DWG file. This option applies in drawings only.
SET Create a SET data file.
STEP Create a STEP data file.
STL Create an .stl file for use in a SLA (stereolithography) rapid prototyping
machine. You may specify the Chord Height and Angle Control
parameters for the file. You must select or create a coordinate system. This
option applies in part and assembly models only.
TIFF Create a TIFF image file in the current working directory.
JPEG Create a JPEG image file in the current working directory.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 451

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 21 - PRINT AND EXPORT

Task 1: Print the drawings created in this class.

• Open the drawing called ‘4455-002.drw’

• Turn off the display of the datum planes, axes, points, and coordinate systems
• Pick File, Print, pick the appropriate device from the list, and then pick OK
• Pick File, Close Window

Task 2: Repeat for any other drawings, parts or assemblies you may want to print.

• Open the assembly called ‘4455-010.asm’

• Turn off the display of the default tolerances using Tools, Environment
• Turn off the display of the spin center
• Pick File, Print, pick the appropriate device from the list, and then pick OK
• Pick View, Explode, Explode View
• Pick File, Print, pick the appropriate device from the list, and then pick OK
• Pick View, Explode, Unexplode View
• Pick File, Close Window

Task 3: Create a DXF file of a drawing. This will not work on a part or assembly model.

• Open the drawing called ‘4455-010.drw’

• Select File, Save a Copy
• In the Type pull-down pick DXF, then pick OK, OK
• Read the message in the message area

Page 452 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Task 4: Create an IGES file of the drawing.

• Select File, Save a Copy

• In the Type pull-down pick IGES, then pick OK, OK
• Pick File, Close Window

Task 5: Create a surface IGES file of a part.

• Open the part called ‘4455-005.prt’

• Pick File, Save a Copy
• Pick IGES in the Type pull-down, and then pick OK
• Pick OK in the Export IGES dialog box

Task 6: Create a SLA output file of the part.

• Pick File, Save a Copy

• Pick STL in the Type pull-down, and then pick OK
• Enter < 0.1 > for the chord height in the dialog
box as shown
• Pick Apply in the dialog box
• The result is shown below
• Pick Close in the dialog box
• Pick File, Close Window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 453

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Customizing the Interface

Introduction
The user interface can be customized similar to other Windows applications. Pick Tools,
Customize Screen to access the Customize dialog box as shown below. This dialog box has five
tabs: Toolbars, Commands, Navigation Tabs, Browser, and Options. There are many additional
toolbars and icons that can be added to the interface, and custom icons can be created for any
command using this dialog box.

Customizations made to the interface are saved in a file called ‘config.win’. This file should be
located in the folder where Pro/ENGINEER is started, i.e. the initial current working directory.
The small checkmark and text box at the bottom of the Customize dialog box controls the
config.win file and its location.

Enter the pathname for

the config.win file here

Page 454 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Commands
The Commands tab of the Customize dialog box is shown below. Use this section to add icons
to the interface. Any icon can be put on any toolbar by dragging the icon from the dialog box and
dropping it on the toolbar in the desired location.

Expand and collapse

categories by picking
the + and – signs

For the selected Drag the desired

category, the available icon to any toolbar
icons are shown here

Pick Default to reset

the interface to the
system default settings

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 455

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Navigation Tabs
The Navigation Tabs tab of the Customize dialog box is used to configure the position and size
of the Navigation Tabs as shown below.

Configure the position

and size of the
Navigation Tabs here

Pick here to display the

Model Tree separate
from the Navigation
Tabs

Page 456 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Browser
The Browser tab of the Customize dialog box is used to configure the position and size of the
Browser window as shown below.

Options
The Options tab of the Customize dialog box is shown here. This section can be used to set the
location of the message window above or below the graphics window. The position and size of
the model tree can be configured using this section of the dialog box as shown below.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 457

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 22 – CUSTOMIZING THE INTERFACE

Task 1: Add icons to the interface.

• Open any part into session using File, Open

• Pick Tools, Customize Screen

• Add the Erase Current icon to the main toolbar by drag and drop (pick the
icon, drag it to the toolbar, drop it there)
• In the Categories list, pick View

• Add the Default View icon to the main toolbar by drag and drop
• In the Categories list, pick Model Display

• Add the tolerance display icon to the main toolbar by drag and drop
• Scroll down in the Categories list, then pick Window

• Add the Close Window icon to the main toolbar by drag and drop
• Scroll to the bottom of the Categories list
• Pick New Menu at the bottom of the list
• Drag and drop (with the left mouse button) the ‘New Flyout’ to any toolbar
• Scroll back up through the Categories section of the dialog box
• Drag and drop any icon into the Flyout with the left mouse button
• Some examples are shown below
• Pick OK in the Customize dialog box

Page 458 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

Using Pro/HELP

The Help tool included with Pro/ENGINEER includes its own browser window as shown below.
Pick Help, Help Center or pick the icon shown above to start the Help browser.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 459

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

In the Help Browser, pick the pull down menu to select the area you need help with as shown
below. Use the standard browser controls such as Back, Forward, and Print which are located
at the top of the Help Browser window.

Standard browser controls are here

Use this pull down menu to select the

functional area you need help with

Page 460 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

EXERCISE 23 – USING PRO/HELP

Purpose

The purpose of this exercise is to become familiar with Pro/HELP.

Task 1: Using the Help Center.

• Open any part using File, Open

• Pick Help, Help Center
• In the Functional Area pull-down menu, pick Part Modeling as shown below

Pick Part Modeling here

• Pick Part here

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 461

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick in the Contents section of the browser as shown below

Pick topics here

• Pick here to page through the selected help topic

• Close the help browser

Task 2: Context-sensitive help.

• Pick the Help icon

• Pick the Email icon and the browser will display the help for that command
• Pick the Help icon again then pick any other icon for help on that command

Page 462 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Section 5

ADDITIONAL EXERCISES
The following exercise is recommended and can be found in Appendix A.

• Exercise 35 – Customer Models

REVIEW QUESTIONS
Answer the following questions.

1. When do you use two equal signs in a relation?

2. When do you use one equal sign in a relation?
3. What does ‘ceil 10.2’ evaluate to?
4. What does ‘floor 25.8’ evaluate to?
5. When do part relations evaluate?
6. When do feature relation evaluate?
7. What is a constraint relation?
8. Name four types of parameters.
9. What is a logic statement?
10. Why should you comment relations?
11. Can you add motion to a part?
12. What is Pro/REPORT?
13. How do you create a bill of materials on a drawing?
14. How do you create BOM balloons?
15. Can the units of a part be changed without changing the size of the part?
16. How do you set the density of a part model?
17. What is the Options dialog box used for?
18. What is a mapkey?
19. How do you create an IGES file of a model?
20. How is the ‘Help’ system started?

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page 463

Section 5 Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Page 464 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix A

Appendix A - Additional Exercises

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page A-1

Appendix A Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Page A-2 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix A

EXERCISE 24 – SKETCHER TECHNIQUES

Task 1: Using the sketcher, create the following sketch. Use only the dimensions shown.

• Create a new sketch called < clip > using File, New
• Sketch as shown below – Read the tip before starting!

5.60

0.20

1.90

2.96
0.50

0.60

2.90

Tip

Draw the right half of the sketch and dimension as shown above. Then
mirror the entities about the vertical centerline. Flex the sketch to see how
it behaves.

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page A-3

Appendix A Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 2: Create another sketch.

• Create a new sketch called < hexagon > using File, New
• Start with two centerlines, add a circle, then pick Edit, Toggle Construction
• Draw the hexagon then add and modify the dimensions as shown below

This is a construction
circle. Draw a regular
circle then pick Edit,
Toggle Construction

60

10.00

• Now try the sketch without the 60° angle dimension. See the hint on the next page
only after you try first.

Page A-4 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix A

Hint

Add a centerline as shown below, then add a symmetry constraint about

the new centerline, then delete the 60° dimension.

Add this centerline then add

symmetry as shown

10.00

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page A-5

Appendix A Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 25 – PART CREATION

Task 1: Create the speaker for the project assembly.

• Pick File, New or pick the New icon

• Enter < 4455-011 > for the name of the new part then pick OK in the dialog box
• Pick the Revolve icon on the right side toolbar
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu
• Pick the RIGHT datum plane for the sketch plane
• Pick Top in the Orientation pull-down menu in the Sketch dialog box as shown
• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box as shown below

Pick Top here

Pick Sketch

• The system selects two references for you and they are displayed as dashed lines
• Pick Close in the References dialog box

Page A-6 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix A

• Pick the Centerline icon and sketch a vertical centerline aligned with the
FRONT datum plane as shown below
• Sketch, constrain, and dimension the geometry as shown below

13.50
FRONT

H 45
V 3.25
V 2.00
TOP H

16.00

• Pick the Select Mode icon

• Drag a box around all the dimensions using the left mouse button
• Pick the Modify icon
• Remove the checkmark next to Regenerate in the Modify Dimensions dialog box
• Modify the value of each dimension as shown above
• Pick the green checkmark in the Modify Dimensions dialog box
• Pick the Done icon
• Pick the checkmark in the Revolve Tool to complete the feature
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Pick File, Save then click the middle mouse button
• Read the messages in the message area
• The part is shown
• Pick File, Close Window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page A-7

Appendix A Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 26 – MODEL TREE CONFIGURATION

Task 1: Configure the model tree.

• Open the part called ‘4455-005.prt’

• In the model tree, pick Settings, Tree Columns as shown below

Pick Settings,
Tree Columns

Page A-8 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix A

• In the Model Tree Columns dialog box, pick Feat # and then pick the >> symbol
• Pick Status and then pick the >> symbol as shown below

Pick the item

then pick here

• Pick OK in the Model Tree Columns dialog box

• Pick Settings, Save Settings File as shown below

Pick Settings,
Save Settings File

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page A-9

Appendix A Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick Save
• The model tree configuration file has been created in the current working directory
and is called tree.cfg
• Write down the location of the model tree configuration file
• Pick Tools, Options
• Add the following configuration option (fill in your pathname):
mdl_tree_cfg_file C:/wildfire/tree.cfg

• Pick Add/Change, Apply and Close in the Options dialog box

• Close the window then pick File, Exit, Yes
• Start a new session of Pro/ENGINEER
• Open the part called ‘4455-004.prt’
• The model tree should have the new columns as shown below
• Close the window

Page A-10 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix A

EXERCISE 27 – DATUM CURVES

Task 1: Add datum curves to the battery part.

• Open the part called ‘4455-003.prt’

• Pick the Sketch icon
• Pick the surface of the part for the sketch plane as shown below
Pick this surface
for the sketch plane

• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box

• Pick Close in the References dialog box
• Pick the Centerline icon and sketch a vertical and horizontal centerline as
shown below
• Pick the Rectangle icon and sketch two symmetrical rectangles as shown below

FRONT

RIGHT

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page A-11

Appendix A Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Trim the skecth as shown below using the dynamic trim icon
• Add the two dimensions shown below
• Modify the dimension values as shown below

1.50

FRONT
1.75

RIGHT

• Pick the Done icon

• The result is shown
• Save the part
• Close the window

Page A-12 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix A

EXERCISE 28 – CREATING HOLES

Task 1: Create standard holes. This part is in the labs folder.

• Open the part called ‘lab28-1.prt’ from the ‘labs’ folder

• Set the selection filter to Geometry
• Pick the top surface of the part
• Pick the Hole icon
• Drag the location handles to the front and side of the part
• Pick the Standard Hole icon in the Hole Tool as shown below
• Pick 1/4-20 for the fastener size as shown below
• Set the depth to Through All
• Pick the Thread icon as shown below to remove the thread
• Pick the Countersink icon as shown below to remove the countersink
• Pick the Counterbore icon as shown below to add the counterbore

Pick here for Add counterbore

Standard Holes
Select the fastener
size here
Set the depth here
Remove the thread
Remove the
countersink

• Pick the checkmark in the Hole Tool to complete the feature

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page A-13

Appendix A Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• The result is shown below

1/4-20 UNC – 2B CLEAR

F DRILL (0.26) THRU - (1) HOLE

• Repeat this task to create several different holes

• Save the part
• Close the window

Page A-14 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix A

EXERCISE 29 – BLEND FEATURE

Task 1: Create a blend feature. This part is in the labs folder.

• Open the part called ‘blade.prt’ from the ‘labs’ folder

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Pick Insert, Blend, Protrusion, Done, Smooth, Done
• Pick the surface shown below for the sketch plane

Pick this surface

for the sketch plane

• Pick Okay, Default

• Pick DTM1 and DTM3 for the references then Close the References dialog box
• Pick Sketch, Data from File, double click on ‘blade.sec’ in the ‘labs’ folder
• Set the scale to 1.000 and the angle to 0.000 in the Scale Rotate dialog box as shown
below, but don’t pick the green checkmark yet

• Place the sketch by aligning the sketch point to both DTM1 and DTM3 then pick the
green checkmark in the Scale Rotate dialog box
• Pick Sketch, Feature Tools, Toggle Section
• Pick Sketch, Data from File, double click on ‘blade.sec’ in the ‘labs’ folder
• Enter < .75 > for the scale factor in the Scale Rotate dialog box

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page A-15

Appendix A Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Enter < 20 > for the rotating angle in the Scale Rotate dialog box
• Place the sketch by aligning the sketch point to both DTM1 and DTM3
• Pick the green checkmark in the Scale Rotate dialog box
• Pick Sketch, Feature Tools, Toggle Section
• Pick Sketch, Data from File, double click on ‘blade.sec’ in the ‘labs’ folder
• Enter < .45 > for the scale factor in the Scale Rotate dialog box
• Enter < 60 > for the rotating angle in the Scale Rotate dialog box
• Place the sketch by aligning the sketch point to both DTM1 and DTM3
• Pick the green checkmark in the Scale Rotate dialog box
• Pick the Done icon
• Pick Blind, Done
• Enter < 1.25 >
• Enter < 2.00 >
• Pick OK in the dialog box
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• The result is shown here
• Save the part
• Close the window

Page A-16 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix A

EXERCISE 30 – SWEEP FEATURES

Task 1: Create a new part with a sweep feature.

• Pick File, New or pick the New icon

• Enter < 4455-012 > for the name of the new part then pick OK in the dialog box
• Pick Insert, Sweep, Protrusion, Sketch Traj
• Pick the RIGHT datum plane for the sketch plane then pick Okay, Default
• Pick Sketch, Data from File, then pick ‘ egg.sec’ in the ‘labs’ folder then pick Open
• Enter < 0.125 > for the Scale in the small dialog box, press ‘enter’ but do not pick the
green checkmark yet
• Pick the center of the sketch and move it as shown below
1.88
FRONT

Move the sketch by

picking inside this circle

6.50
TOP

Place the center of

the lower arc at the
center of the two
2.50 datum planes

5.13

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page A-17

Appendix A Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Place the sketch as shown in the previous figure then pick the checkmark in the Scale
Rotate dialog box

• Modify the dimension values as shown on the previous page

• Pick the Done icon
• Pick No Inn Fcs then pick Done
• Sketch a circle at the intersection of the two centerlines as shown below

0.50

FRONT
• Modify the dimension value as shown above
• Pick the Done icon
• Pick OK in the dialog box
• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Create a datum axis, normal to the FRONT TOP
datum plane, offset by -2.50 from the TOP
datum plane, offset by 0 from the RIGHT
datum plane
A_1
• The completed part is shown here
• Save the part
• Close the window

RIGHT

Page A-18 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix A

EXERCISE 31 – FILL PATTERN

Task 1: Create a hole.

• Open the part called ‘4455-007.prt’

• Set the selection filter to Geometry
• Pick this surface of the part in this location
• Pick the Hole icon
• Drag the location handles and
snap them to the FRONT and
RIGHT datum planes
• Enter < 9 > for the offset dimension to the FRONT datum plane
• Enter < 0 > for the offset dimension to the RIGHT datum plane
• Set the depth to Thru All
• Enter < 1 > for the diameter
• Pick the checkmark in the Hole Tool to complete the feature
• The result is shown below

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page A-19

Appendix A Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 2: Pattern the hole.

• Set the selection filter to Features

• Select the hole created in the previous task
• Pick the Pattern icon
• In the Pattern Tool, set the type of pattern to Fill
• Press and hold the right mouse button and select Define Internal Sketch in the popup
menu
• Pick this surface for the sketch plane
• Pick Sketch in the Sketch dialog box
• Close the References dialog box
• Sketch a circle aligned to the RIGHT datum
plane as shown below
RIGHT

12.75

14.00

FRONT

• Modify the dimension values as shown above

Page A-20 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix A

• Pick the Done icon

• Pick Diamond for the style of pattern as shown below
• Enter < 2.00 > for the spacing as shown below
• Enter < 0.75 > for the boundary offset as shown below

• Pick the checkmark in the Pattern Tool to complete the pattern

• The result is shown below

• Save the part

• Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page A-21

Appendix A Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 32 – EXTRUDED TEXT

Task 1: Create extruded text.

• Open the part called ‘4455-007.prt’

• Pick the Extrude icon
• Pick Define Internal Sketch in the popup menu
• Pick this surface of the part
• Pick Sketch
• Close the References dialog box
• Pick the Text icon
• Draw a vertical line (do not pick the Line icon) starting at the bottom and going up, to
represent the height of the text as shown below

Draw a vertical line

starting at the bottom
and going up

Page A-22 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix A

• Enter < MADE IN USA > in the Text dialog box as shown below
• Set the Aspect Ratio to < 0.75 > as shown below

• Pick OK in the Text dialog box

• Modify the dimension values as shown below

RIGHT

FRONT

6.00
2.00

7.50

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page A-23

Appendix A Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick the Done icon

• Enter < 0.1 > for the depth
• Pick the checkmark in the Extrude Tool to complete the feature
• The completed part is shown below

• Save the part

• Close the window

Page A-24 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix A

EXERCISE 33 – ASSEMBLY COMPLETION

Task 1: Prepare the part.

• Open the part called ‘4455-004.prt’

• Orient the part as shown below
• Turn off the display of the datum planes
• Turn on the display of the datum axes
• Set the selection filter to Datums
• Pick this axis
• Pick the Hole icon
• Press and hole the right mouse button and
pick Secondary References Collector
• Pick this surface
• Enter < 16 > for the diameter
• Enter < 0.50 > for the depth
• Pick the checkmark in the Hole Tool to complete the feature
• Create a chamfer as shown below
• Use the D x D chamfer style
• Enter < 0.50 > for the size of the chamfer
• The result is shown below
• Save the part
• Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page A-25

Appendix A Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Task 2: Complete the project assembly.

• Open the assembly called ‘4455-010.asm’

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• In the model tree pick 4455-005.prt then pick Hide in the right mouse button popup
menu
• In addition to 4455-005, Hide the following components:
4455-006
4455-002
4455-009
4455-001 (both)
• The result is shown
• Pick the Add Component icon
• Pick the part called 4455-011.prt then pick Open
• In the small window, orient the part is shown here
• In the Component Placement
dialog box, set the first constraint
type to Insert
• In the small window pick the
radial surface of the part
• In the large window pick the
radial surface of the chamfer as
shown here

Page A-26 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix A

• In the Component Placement dialog box, set

the second constraint type to Mate
• In the small window pick this surface
• In the large window pick this surface

• Pick OK in the Component Placement dialog box

• The result is shown below

• Pick View, Visibility, Unhide All

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page A-27

Appendix A Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

• Pick the Add Component icon

• Pick the part called ‘4455-012.prt’ then pick Open
• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the first constraint type to Align
• In the small window pick the axis A_1
• In the large window pick the axis shown below

Pick this axis

• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the second constraint type to Align
• In the small window pick the FRONT datum plane
• In the large window pick the ASM_TOP datum plane
• Set the offset type to 0.0
• Enter < -1.25 > for the offset value then press enter
• Pick the + sign to add the next constraint
• In the Component Placement dialog box, set the third constraint type to Mate
• In the small window pick the RIGHT datum plane
• In the large window pick the ASM_RIGHT datum plane
• Set the offset type to Angle Offset
• Enter < 200 > for the angle offset

Page A-28 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix A

• Pick OK in the Component Placement dialog box

• The completed assembly is shown below
• Save the assembly
• Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page A-29

Appendix A Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 34 – OFFSET CROSS-SECTION

Task 1: Create an offset cross-section.

• Open the part called ‘4455-004.prt’

• Pick View, Orientation, Standard Orientation
• Pick View, View Manager
• Pick the Xsec tab in the View Manager then pick New
• Enter < C > for the name, be sure to press ‘enter’
• Pick Offset, Done in the small menu
• Read the message in the message area
• Pick the TOP datum plane for the sketch plane
• Pick Okay, Default
• Pick as shown below to add references to the sketch

Pick this edge

Pick these two axes

Pick this edge

Page A-30 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix A

• Close the References dialog box

• Sketch three lines as shown below, be sure to ‘snap’ the lines to the references
specified

• Pick the Done icon

• Pick the name of the cross-section in the View Manager
• Pick Display, Show X-Hatching in the View Manager
• The result is shown below
• Pick Close in the View Manager
• Save the part
• Close the window

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page A-31

Appendix A Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

EXERCISE 35 – CUSTOMER MODELS

It is often necessary to send a customer a Pro/ENGINEER model. The management of your
company may not want to reveal the true design intent built into the model. By creating an IGES
file of the model and then importing that file back into Pro/ENGINEER, you create a ‘dummy’
model that has only one ‘import’ feature and no dimensions. The customer gets what they need, a
model representing your product, without giving away any of the design intent or dimensions.
This also prevents the customer from modifying your product model using standard techniques.

Task 1: Open the object and export to IGES.

• Open the part called ‘4455-004.prt’

• Pick File, Save a Copy
• Pick IGES in the Type pull-down
• Pick OK in the Save a Copy dialog box
• Pick OK in the Export IGES dialog box
• Read the message in the message area
• Close the window

Task 2: Import the IGES file into Pro/ENGINEER.

• Pick File, Open

• Pick IGES in the Type pull-down
• Pick ‘4455-004.igs’ then pick Open
• Enter < 4455-004-C > for the name of the new part then pick OK
• Close the information window, notice the part looks the same as 4455-004
• Look at the model tree, there is only two features, a coordinate system and the
imported geometry, which cannot be modified
• Save the part and Close the window

Page A-32 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix B

Appendix B - Project Drawings

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page B-1

Appendix B Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Page B-2 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix B

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page B-3

Appendix B Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Page B-4 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix B

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page B-5

Appendix B Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Page B-6 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix B

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page B-7

Appendix B Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Page B-8 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix B

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page B-9

Appendix B Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Page B-10 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix B

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page B-11

Appendix B Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Page B-12 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design Appendix B

About the Author

Steven G. Smith is the president of CADQUEST INC., an independent training provider and
publisher of Pro/ENGINEER textbooks. Mr. Smith is a mechanical engineer with over 20 years
design experience. He has been using Computer Aided Design systems since 1982, and began
teaching IBM’s CADAM software at the Harrisburg Area Community College (Harrisburg,
Pennsylvania) in 1987. Over the years, Mr. Smith has also used Applicon Bravo, Prime Medusa,
AutoCAD, and Unigraphics II.

Mr. Smith holds four United States Patents for various product and equipment designs.

Mr. Smith started using Pro/ENGINEER in 1994 while supporting a rapidly growing
implementation at AMP Incorporated. He began teaching Pro/ENGINEER in 1995, and in 1997
founded CADQUEST.

Other Pro/ENGINEER and Pro/INTRALINK textbooks published by CADQUEST include:

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire Advanced Design

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire Detail Drawings and Pro/REPORT
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire Sheetmetal Design
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire Introduction to Behavioral Modeling
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire Surface Modeling Applications
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire Introduction to Mechanism Design

Pro/INTRALINK 3.3 User’s Guide

Pro/INTRALINK 3.3 Administration Guide

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Update Manual for Wildfire 1.0 Users

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Update Manual for 2001 Users

These and other books are published by CADQUEST and can be reviewed or purchased online:

www.cadquest.com

COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC. Page B-13

Appendix B Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 2.0 Basic Design

Page B-14 COPYRIGHT  CADQUEST INC.